Aloha, here's the second round of responses concerning a dialogue I
am having on the UFO Updates forum concerning Col Phillip Corso. The
original posts for this second round is available at:
http://www.virtuallystrange.net/ufo/updates/2005/aug/m01-004.shtml

The dialogue is based on an earlier posting of mine also available
that mentioned Col Corso and led to the exchange below:
http://www.virtuallystrange.net/ufo/updates/2005/jul/m25-007.shtml .
For a summary of the first round of this dialogue, see:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/exopolitics/message/220

In short, you see in this dialogue resistance to the testimony of
whistleblowers such as Col Philip Corso who have solid credentials
but have minor inconsistencies in their testimonies highlighted by
established UFO researchers. In this dialogue the issue at dispute
is whether Corso served as a staff member of the National Security
Council as he claimed, or basically served on an `independent
agency' and therefore `lied'.

My protagonist in this dialogue is Brad Sparks, a co-founder of
Citizens Against UFO Secrecy. You can judge for yourself the
complexities of the issues and whether I or Sparks are more accurate
in our respective positions concerning Col Corso's claim  of having
served as a staff member on the National Security Council. Corso's
credibility is important for his subsequent claims of having served
in a covert project at the Foreign Technology Desk of Army Research
and Development where he disseminated extaterrestrial technologies
into private industry.

I've inserted the abbreviations BS [Brad Sparks] and MS [Michael
Salla] into the original so you can more easily follow the dialogue
though for the correct sequencing of posts you will need to read the
original which is cited above.

In peace,

Michael E. Salla, PhD

**************
Source: http://www.virtuallystrange.net/ufo/updates/2005/aug/m01-
004.shtml


http://www.cia.gov/csi/kent_csi/docs/v03i4a05p_0003.htm

[MS] Certainly, Cutler was clear about the role played by the "NSC
Operations Coordinating Board." Cutler viewed it as integral
part of the NSC system and part of the NSC itself.

…

[BS] Cutler viewed the OCB in his retrospective history as he left it
and the NSC in 1958 when he resigned as Special Assistant to the
President for National Security.

By 1958 the OCB had been merged into the NSC whereas before July
1, 1957, the OCB had functioned as an "independent agency" like
the CIA was an "independent agency." CIA employees do not get to
put "NSC Staff member" on their resume's!!!

[MS] EO 10483 establishing the OCB in 1953 certainly referred to the
OCB as an "independent agency" but functionally it was part of
the NSC created to coordinate efforts between different
government agencies and military departments for a coordinated
National Security policy which was why the NSC was created in
1947.

[BS] The CIA was also an 'independent agency' created with the NSC in
the same law in 1947 (National Security Act) to "coordinate
efforts between different government agencies" for the NSC and
it directly reported to the NSC. Yet the CIA was never a part of
the NSC. CIA employees do not get to lie on their resume's and
say "NSC Staff member"!

[MS]Your 'revised' history of the CIA is wrong. Here is what the
1947 National Security Act says about the chief functions of the
CIA:

[BS]Your history is "wrong" and you are misleading readers of this
list with the current 2005 version of the National Security Act
rather than the 1947 version that was relevant to the time period
in the 50's under discussion. The CIA "functionally" reported to
the NSC and functionally "coordinated" matters just like the
OCB did, yet CIA employees and managers did not get to lie on
their resume's like Corso and claim they worked on the prestigious
high-level "NSC Staff."

[MS] [I] do not see how citing the current version of the National
Security Act somehow misleads members since amendments can be
identified. If you have something to add to the evolution of the
National Security Act concering the creation of the CIA that
helps clarify your argument, then please go ahead. I find your
style reminiscent of a high debate where there's a premium on
scoring points to impress an audience rather than a sincere
analysis of the topic at hand which is Col Phillip Corso's
contention of having served as a staff member to the NSC. Since
you demonstrate no intent to abandon your argument that Corso
lied about being a staff member to the NSC, let me summarize the
independent evidence that conclusively demonstrates that Corso
was certainly not lying when associating the OCB with the NSC
and describing himself as a staff member of the NSC.

There are a number of independent sources supporting Corso's
contention of having served as a staff member to the NSC. First
there's the FBI report on Corso. In a Nov 2, 1965 letter to Mr
Deloach (Hoover's Special Assistant) by M.A. Jones, describes
Corso's background as follows: "Operations Coordinating Board
(OCB), National Security Council." You have consistenly refused
to acknowledge the significance of this FBI report which is
independent confirmation that Corso's service on the OCB during
the years 1953-56 was well understood by his contemporaries as
part of the NSC. Your attempts at historical revisionism based
on a rigid reading of the EO that formally put it in the NSC (EO
10700) does not negate this reference which clearly shows that
service on the OCB prior to EO 10700 was widely understood to
have been part of the NSC. As I have said before, the political
culture of Corso's contemporaries understood that the OCB was
part of the NSC and that Corso was not out of line in claiming
to be an NSC staff member.

Second there is the Senate Select Committee on POWs that refers
to Corso as having served as a staff member to the NSC. This is
what it says: "Lt. Col. Phillip Corso (USA, Ret.), of the
National Security Council staff under President Eisenhower."
While you and others contend that the Senate Committee simply
accepted the bio handed to them by Corso, it serves as another
clear reminder that Corso's service on the OCB was understood by
his contemporaries as an agency strongly associated with the
NSC. While the nature of this association evolved up to EO
10700, the association was always clear and accepted by Corso's
contemporaries. Why would a prestigious serviceman such as Corso
go before a Senate Select Committee and state a bold faced lie
if it could be easily demonstrated that the OCB was never part
of the NSC as you contend? No one challenged Corso's claim to
having served on the NSC simply because it was accepted by his
peers that service on the OCB qualified as service to the NSC
regardless of its legal evolution from 1953-1957.

Finally, we have Robert Cutler description of the OCB over the
years 1953-58 in which it served on it as Eisenhower's Special
Advisor where he clearly stated how it was (first functionally
and then by EO) part of the NSC. This is what Cutler said:

"Under President Eisenhower, the normal procedure for operating
the policy-making aspects of the NSC mechanism has involved
three main steps. ... Finally, the President approves, modifies,
or rejects the Council's recommendations, transmits those
policies which he approves to the departments and agencies
responsible for planning their execution, and-as a rule where
international affairs are concerned-requests the NSC Operations
Coordinating Board to assist these departments and agencies in
coordinating their respective planning for action under the
approved policies.... During the period 1953-1958, with which I
am familiar, the great bulk of national security policy
determinations were made by the President through the operations
of the NSC mechanism just described."
http://www.cia.gov/csi/kent_csi/docs/v03i4a05p_0003.htm

The first thing to note is Cutler's description of the "NSC
Operations Coordinating Board". Earlier in this thread you claim
that Cutler was giving a retrospective history. That is a
fallacious argument since Cutler clearly is describing the NSC
mechanism from 1953-58 and clearly identifies the OCB role in
that. That period includes Corso's service and clearly points
out that the OCB was informally part of the NSC prior to its
formal incorporation in 1957.

That's three strikes against your rigid argument that the OCB
was not part of the NSC during Corso's service, and therefore
Corso was lying. Rather than seek to distract mine and the
list's attention to red herrings such as whether CIA members
could equally claim to be NSC staff members, I assert that each
of these three sources offers independent corroboration of
Corso's claim of being a staff member of the NSC by virtue of
his assignment to the OCB. You have offerred no example of an
independent official or record claiming that Corso lied with
regard to his claim of being a staff member of the NSC by virtue
of his assignment to the OCB. Even the FBI which clearly was
seeking to prevent Corso from being appointed as a staffer to a
Senate Committee in the mid 1960s acknowledged his service on
the NSC OCB. You have offered nothing to support your argument
and ignore the independent evidence that back ups Corso.

I think you need to abandon defense of an argument based solely
on a very rigid historical argument that may earn a B+ in a
graduate history class but fails to properly deal with the above
three independent sources of evidence clearly back up
demonstrate.  Calling someone a liar is clearly an extraordinary
claim that requires solid evidence. The evidence you have
provided in terms of citing EO 10700 merely adds a level of
complexity to the history of the OCB but does not prove your
point. Your argument is weak and an example of historical
revisionism that is deeply biased. Your claim that Corso is a
liar is a very strong claim supported by a weak historical
argument that overlooks a host of contrary evidence.
Essentially, you have provided a weak argument to support a
strong claim. In that sense, your effort to dismiss Corso's
credibility is a failure.

In conclusion, I've clearly made my point that Corso's service
on the OCB and its association with the NSC entitled him to make
the claim that he was a staff member of the NSC. In that sense,
Corso's testimony is consistent with the historical record and
his credibility is intact. I have contended that the association
between independent agencies such as the OCB are much more fluid
than you suggest by your rigid argument. The above three sources
support my argument that the OCB was functionally part of the
NSC in the years 1953-56 and that Corso's peers understood that
quite well. Corso statements concerning his assignment as a
staffer to the NSC bolsters his credibility as a whistleblower
and should not in any way by any  membership.

I will now offer some brief responses to what you say below.

[BS]Here is what the National Security Act of 1947 actually stated in
1947 and through the 50's, the time period that is actually relevant
to Corso's lies about purportedly working as an "NSC Staff" member
in 1954-6:

---

SEC. 102(a) There is hereby established UNDER the National
Security Council [NSC] a Central Intelligence Agency [CIA]....

102(d) For the purpose of COORDINATING the intelligence
activities of the several Government departments and agencies
in the interest of national security, it shall be the duty of the
Agency [CIA], UNDER the DIRECTION of the National Security
Council [NSC]--

(1) to advise the National Security Council....

(2) to make recommendations to the National Security Council
for the COORDINATION of such intelligence activities....

(5) to perform such other functions and duties ... as the National
Security Council may from time to time direct.

---

[MS] Let me remind the list that you first raised the issue of the
CIA to make the contentious point that CIA staff members had as
much right as Operations Coordinating Board (OCB) staff members
to claim to be staff members of the NSC. I initially pointed out
that the CIA was a statutory agency passed by Congress, while
the OCB was an agency created by Executive Order and therefore
not a statutory agency with the power to issue regulations that
had to be enforced. This meant that the OCB was clearly
dependent on the President and the NSC which created it to have
its recommendations carried out. Cutler describes the OCB as
part of how NSC mechanism operated. In contrast, the CIA had
significantly more autonomy due to it being created by statute
and therefore having the statutory authority to pass regulations
that Federal authority. Furthermore, the CIA had as its primary
function assisting the DCI. Consequently, it is mistaken to
equate the CIA and the OCB despite the latter's designation as
an independent agency that reports to the NSC. That was my point
but it seems you are intent on demonstrating that a staff member
of the CIA during the years 1953-1956 had as much right as Corso
to claim to be a staff member to the NSC. That's a moot point
since the issue at hand is Corso's reference to being part of
the NSC.

As far as the original 1947 NSC Act is concerned in terms of the
relationship between the CIA and the DCI, the pertinent section
which you don't include in the above is what follows:

Sec. 403-1. Central Intelligence Agency
There is a Central Intelligence Agency. The function of the
     Agency shall be to assist the Director of Central Intelligence in
     carrying out the responsibilities referred to in paragraphs (1)
     through (5) of section 403-3(d) of this title.

-SOURCE-
     (July 26, 1947, ch. 343, title I, Sec. 102A, as added Pub. L.
     104-293, title VIII, Sec. 805(b), Oct. 11, 1996, 110 Stat. 3479.)

So the CIA clearly had as its chief function assisting the DCI
in the performance of a range of duties some of which involved
reporting to the NSC as the paragraphs you cite above point out.
This does makes it clear that the above sections you cited were
not the exclusive function of the CIA.


[BS]So the CIA does "report" to the NSC and "coordinate" matters for
the NSC in the relevant 50's time frame, just like the OCB where
Corso worked in 1954-6. Yet CIA staff do not get to lie like Corso
on their resume's and claim they worked for the higher-ranking
impressive-sounding NSC.

[MS] Again, comparing the CIA and the NCB is like comparing apples
and oranges since one was created by statute and the other by
EO. They had differing degrees of autonomy, power and functions
as far as the NSC is concerned.

There is no mention of the CIA reporting to the NSC in the
previous paragraphs which stipulate that the CIA was created to
serve the Director of the Central Intelligence as the head of
all the intelligence community comprising the intelligence
services of the various military departments and government
agencies. There was no statutory requirement for the CIA to
report to the NSC. That is a fiction you have created to support
your fallacious reasoning.

[BS]As the Nat Sec Act actually stated in the 50's, as I quoted
above,
the CIA does "report" to and serves directly "under" the NSC and
it does "coordinate" matters for the NSC in the relevant 50's time
frame, just like the OCB where Corso worked in 1954-6. Yet CIA
personnel do not get to lie like Corso on their resume's and claim
they worked for the high-level impressive-sounding NSC.

[MS] As I have claimed, the CIA is a statutory body while the OCB
was
an independent agency created by Executive Authority. You are
comparing oranges and apples here.

[BS] Your ignorance of basic national security history and structure
is
as astounding as it is appalling. Yours is the "fiction" that is
totally "wrong," as apparently you are incapable of distinguishing
between what the National Security Act of 1947 originally stated
and how it read _in the 50's_ the time period that is relevant to
this thread rather than how it reads today in 2005.

Or else you know exactly what you are doing by foisting the 2005
version of the law on us knowing full well that it has been reworded
by numerous revisions especially since 9-11, that the version as it
stood in the 50's completely verifies what I said, and you thought
you could just get away with a fast one and snow people by making
it look complicated, when it is very simple.

[MS] Your use of hyperbole demonstrates may earn you points in a
high
school debating program but doesn't help in investigating
Corso's claims and the OCB. The history of the CIA is really a
distraction from the core issue which is the status of the OCB,
not the CIA. I do not know of any CIA employee claiming that
s/he is an NSC member by virtue of serving on the CIA in the
period at question. That's a hypothetical situation that you
have raised which is best a distraction.

Well the answer may come from one of the Majestic Documents
where the First Annual Report of the Majestic Twelve Project
states that "MAJ-Com-1 with assistance of the Panel [Majestic 12
Group] persuades the President to establish the Psychological
Strategy Board on 4 April 1951" (Majestic Documents, ed. R & R.
Woods, p. 114). So why would Majestic 12 recommend the creation
of the PSB and have it housed in the State Department rather
than the Old Executive Office building with other NSC
committees? My guess is that MJ-12 was created as an independent
agency as recommended by Truman's leaked memo of Sept 24, 1947
and an alleged Presidential Directive of 26 September that
established the MJ-12 group according to the "First Annual
Report". In order to maximize secrecy, MJ-12 was likely formally
independent but functionally was at the apex of the NSC when it
came to issues associated with UFOs and the ETH. My guess is
that if we pursue the control and genesis of the PSB and the OCB
we end up with a clearer picture of how MJ-12 was run and its
links with the NSC.

[BS] It is typical that you use "guesswork" based on preposterous and
ridiculous forged documents such as the MJ-12 "1st" Annual
Report that is so laughably bad that it can't even keep the
numbering of the alleged (bogus) "annual reports" straight, as
the "1st" annual report should be in 1948, not in late 1952 (the
latest date of the forged contents within the report).

[MS] I don't see why refering to Majestic Documents reference to the
Psychological Strategy Board as created by the Majestic-12
committee is preposterous. We have a leaked document with
contested authenicity that refers to the creation of the
forerunner to the OCB. I think it is an interesting connection
to explore given Corso's service on the OCB.

[BS] What ridiculous hogwash you recite as if it was authoritative
official records. This bogus MJ-12 "1st" Annual Report refers to
agencies that did not even exist yet in 1947 or 1952 as carrying
out such things as Roswell-related "radiation monitoring
flights" in NM in 1947 supposedly done by "AFTAC" an agency that
was not even created until 1959!

This is just what a 90's era lazy hoaxer who had no real
knowledge or understanding of intelligence history or military
history, or to do any historical research, might throw together,
not realizing or caring that agencies existing in the 90's (like
AFTAC) did not exist with the same name - or exist at all back in
the time being invented for the MJ- 12 hoax documents.

Likewise the ignoramus hoaxer of the MJ-12 "1st" Annual Report
screwed up on the claim that the "Armed Forces Security Agency"
(AFSA, NSA's predecessor) had "First Five Years" of its
intelligence activities to digest and report (in 1952). But AFSA
did not exist in 1947 or 1948. AFSA was created by JCS Directive
in 1949. That's 3 years not 5 years.

The dumbbell hoaxer of the MJ-12 "1st" Annual Report also
recklessly threw in the kitchen sink as to the scope of the
AFSA's alleged intelligence activities (on UFO's of course),
making it into some kind of superspy Gestapo agency while not
knowing what he was talking about in tossing around confused
mumbo-jumbo terminology. He claims that AFSA had 5 years of
"Signals, Radar, Communications and Human Intelligence
Operations in the First Five Years." In fact AFSA was another
highly ineffectual agency, which required replacement by the
NSA, and its only intelligence activity was Communications
Intelligence (COMINT, and did not have Radar or Human
Intelligence (RADINT and HUMINT) operations. The hoaxer was so
stupid he didn't even know the difference between these
categories, as Signals Intelligence (SIGINT) includes COMINT and
you don't list both of them together as if separate and
different.

[MS] What you say above is moot and is more appropriately discussed
in a new thread.

[BS] This is double-talk and you know it! You've been caught cold,
dude! Admit it. Corso inflated his resume' with a non-existent
"NSC Staff" service when his military records prove he merely
served on the OCB.

…

All that double-talk is belied by the fact that William H.
Jackson in 1956 had to conduct a study as to why the OCB was not
functioning effectively. The reason was simple: The OCB did not
have the authority of the NSC and the President behind it! The
OCB was not a part of the NSC so its suggestions for
"coordination" were ignored by the national security agencies
and departments. The concept of OCB getting "voluntary
cooperation" was not working because OCB had no NSC power to
enforce. It's a simple concept which any poli sci professor
should be able to grasp instantly.

[MS] This merely proves my point that functionally it was clear that
the OCB was part of the NSC

[BS]That's pure double-talk! Jackson's report as approved by
Eisenhower proves that the OCB was _not_ functioning as part of
the NSC and that it needed to be. You think you can twist any
fact of history around to its exact opposite meaning and get
away with it, but you're wrong, you're not going to get away
with it.

[MS] This again is incorrect. You ignore what Robert Cutler said
concerning how the OCB operated as part of the NSC mechanism. He
was merely giving a factual description of the OCB's activities
and how it worked with the NSC during the years 1953-58. It was
clear that the NSC mechanism appeared to function appropriately
and that there was more at play than merely giving the OCB more
institutional clout since it's clear from what Cutler said that
it was already part of the NSC mechanism so the NSC was the real
power behind the OCB. You conveniently ignore this with your
citation of Jackson's reform making it appear that the OCB was
just an agency with no real authority. That's nonsense, the NSC
was always behind the OCB as is clear from its establishing EO
and Cutler's description of it.

[BS] Then you have the nerve to quote Jackson saying and confirming
exactly the same thing I have said (below) but act like it
somehow supports you. It does not.

[MS] and that's where it belonged rather
than being housed in the Department of State. Jackson was on the
record in 1954 for strengthening the OCB by statutes that would
formally put it in the NSC.

[BS] As you now admit the OCB was not "in the NSC" in 1954 when Corso
was on staff with OCB, and that one idea was to put the OCB into
the NSC "by statutes" because of the fact it was not then part
of the NSC. Jackson did not say "formally" put into the NSC, as
if somehow the OCB was already "informally" part of the NSC
already. You slipped that word "formally" in. If the OCB was
already informally functioning as part of the NSC it would not
have had problems getting its coordination plans enforced among
the departments and agencies of the government by "voluntary
cooperation." OCB lacked the NSC's clout because it was not part
of the NSC and Jackson sought to rectify that by merging the OCB
into the NSC, as much as you wish to nullify that fact of
history behind Eisenhower's Executive Order 10700 merging the
OCB into the NSC on July 1, 1957, a year after Corso had
departed the paper- tiger ineffectual OCB.

[MS] This is nonsense as Cutler's description of the OCB makes
clear.
It was part of the NSC system from 1953-58 when he served on it.
The OCB was informally part of the NSC, and the NSC was the
final authority behind OCB policies. Again, you ignore the
evidence that is contrary to your argument.

[BS] The OCB was not functioning "informally," de facto ("as a fact"
or in practical day-to-day reality) as part of the NSC -- if it
did it would have had the "de facto" day-to-day practical
reality of the power of the NSC, but it did not, it was an
ineffectual paper tiger paper-pushing org, and that's why
Jackson had to seek to get OCB merged into the NSC in 1957. Nor
was the OCB structured "formally" de jure on the org charts as
part of the NSC as you even are forced now to admit. Jackson
wanted the OCB merged with the NSC so it would finally have
NSC's backing and authority automatically.

[MS] Again let me repeat what Robert Cutler, Eisenhower's Special
Assistant said about the OCB:

"Under President Eisenhower, the normal procedure for operating
the policy-making aspects of the NSC mechanism has involved
three main steps. ... Finally, the President approves, modifies,
or rejects the Council's recommendations, transmits those
policies which he approves to the departments and agencies
responsible for planning their execution, and-as a rule where
international affairs are concerned-requests the NSC Operations
Coordinating Board to assist these departments and agencies in
coordinating their respective planning for action under the
approved policies.... During the period 1953-1958, with which I
am familiar, the great bulk of national security policy
determinations were made by the President through the operations
of the NSC mechanism just described."

Clearly the OCB was part of the NSC mechanism in place for
implementing NSC decisions as well as having to report to the
NSC.
…

[BS] Thus Jackson reported back to Eisenhower on Dec. 31, 1956, and
Jan. 3, 1957, that the OCB needed to have Presidential (or Vice-
Presidential) authority via the NSC to back up its orders, and
so the OCB needed to be "integrated" directly into the NSC
functionally. The OCB was not part of the NSC and thus had no
power or authority to enforce its orders. Once OCB was part of
the NSC it would be able to issue direct orders in the name of
the NSC. Eisenhower agreed and ordered OCB merged into the NSC
July 1, 1957, by his Executive Order 10700.

Do you get that? The President had to personally intervene to
make the OCB part of the NSC - long after Corso was long gone
from the OCB.

[MS] Now this is where you again err. What do you think the OCB was
doing prior to its formal incorporation into the NSC? It was
reporting to and implementing NSC decisions, just the same as
after it's statutory incorporation into the NSC.

[BS] You don't know what you're even talking about. The OCB was not
"implementing" NSC decisions, that was the whole problem. You
still refuse to "get it" because it destroys your precious liar
boy Corso to have to recognize the truth. OCB was not
functional, not effective, because it did not have the NSC's
power, and had to solicit "voluntary cooperation" of other
agencies. That's why Jackson intervened with the President to
get OCB merged into the NSC.

[MS] As I have repeatedly said, you ignore what Robert Cutler had to
say about the OCB and how it was part of the implementing
mechanism developed by the NSC. So the OCB was both reporting to
and implementing NSC decisions. You ignore this point since it
damages your weak argument that Corso was lying.

[BS] You are so off the wall here you apparently can't even tell the
difference between an Executive Order of the President (10700
which merged OCB and NSC) and the bogus "statutory incorporation
[of OCB] into the NSC" which you refer to. There was no
"statute" incorporating the OCB into the NSC. It was an
Executive Order. Statutes are laws passed by Congress. This is
sloppy desperate argumentation by someone who has utterly lost
the argument and is trying to kick up whatever dust he can as a
smokescreen.

[MS] Again, your use of hyperbole is a unwelcome distraction and
your
language reflects your own desire to bolster a weak argument.
Nevertheless, you are partly correct. I agree, it is not
accurate to refer to the "statutory incorporation" of the OCB
into the NSC since it was incorporated through EO 10700 rather
than an Act of Congress such as the 1947 National Security Act.
Nevertheless, Executive Orders have legal authority and are
recorded in the Code of Federal Regulations so the point I was
making was obviously that an authorized legal action was taken
to incorporate the OCB into the NSC. I certainly could have used
a more appropriate wording but the point was clear.

[BS] Later histories and FBI references from the 60's look back on an
OCB that ended its days as a part of the NSC from 1957- 1961.
But Corso was with the OCB only from 1954 to 1956, when OCB was
a "voluntary cooperation" type of paper-tiger agency that was
not a part of the NSC. He cannot claim to have been an "NSC
Staff" member. His claims were a lie pure and simple. He had no
more right to claim being an "NSC Staff" member than any CIA
employee or manager does just because the CIA coordinates for
the NSC and reports to the NSC.

[MS] As I said earlier, despite the evidence that I and others have
given you that it has been standard practice for members of the
OCB and historical researchers to refer to the OCB as part of
the NSC throughout its history from 1953 to 1961. You insist
that only EO 10700 made it part of the NSC in 1957.

…

[BS] False! None of these others such as Cutler and the FBI memo
said the OCB was part of the NSC "throughout its history from
1953 to 1961." Quote them saying "1953 to 1961"!! You can't
because they never said such an absurd, historically and factually
false thing, falsified by EO 10700 making OCB part of the NSC
only in 1957.

[MS] That is incorrect, I have twice quoted Cutler and he refers to
the years 1953-58 when the OCB was part of the NSC mechansim for
implementing decisions. So the OCB by the 1953 EO creating it,
had within its mandate to report to the NSC, and as Cutler
describes it, was part of the implementing mechanism for the
NSC. So functionally it was part of the NSC before 1957. Your
argument falls apart with Cutler's clear description of the OCB
functions yet you doggedly ignore this.

[BS] Corso lied repeatedly in claiming he had served on the
illustrious "NSC Staff," when in fact he served on the paper-
pushing OCB instead, at a time when it was not a part of the NSC
and lacked the NSC's power and authority (1954-6). CIA employees
are not allowed to say they worked for the "NSC Staff" when the
CIA was exactly parallel to the OCB, in reporting to the NSC as
an "independent agency."

[MS] I have already responded to this above. Let me say in
conclusion, that I have enjoyed the opportunity to review the
history and functions of the OCB with you in order to determine
the veracity of Corso's claims. I find your use of hyperbole an
unwelcome distraction and hope in future you tone this down in
order to better analyse with others the claims of whistleblowers
such as Philip Corso.

Personally, after reviewing all the documents and arguments so
far I have to conclude that your argument is very weak and
ignores abundant contrary evidence supporting Corso's claim of
being a staff member of the NSC. Given that your claim that
Corso is liar is a very strong claim to make, I would expect you
to come up with much stronger arguments to support it. Your
argument that everything prior to the 1957 EO that formally
incorporated the OCB into the NSC meant that no one who served
on the OCB was entitled to refer to themselves as a staff member
of the NSC is very weak. The independent evidence from the FBI
files, Senate POW hearing, Cutler's writing, all support Corso.
I find it extraordinary that you would call such a well
credentialled military servicemen a liar simply because of your
propensity to historical revisionism based on your own
subjective criteria that ignores contrary evidentiary sources.
You are way overboard with your claims regarding Corso and I
hope my efforts here have alerted some on this list to the
weakness of the argument that Corso lied when it came to his
claims of being an NSC staff member.


Aloha,

Michael Salla

Aloha, here's an extract from a book that examines some recent post-
quantum theories concerning the interface of human consciousness and
space travel. The article covers some of the post-quantum physics of
Dr Jack Sarfatti and psychic research conducted at places such as
Stanford Research Institute and the Esalen Institute. The article
also mentions Col Philip Corso as someone very interested in the
mind-technology link used by extraterrestrials for navigation and
propulsion purposes.

What is most significant in that article is that it points to the
intense interest of the military-intelligence community into the
mind-technology interface used by extraterrestrials in navigating
their vehicles and incorporating this for military applications. My
conclusion is that the mind-technology link is the Philosopher's
Stone when it comes to developing and applying advanced technologies
used by extraterrestrials.

My thanks to Ed Komarek for advising me of this book extract.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org
********************

The Biological and the Silicon: Modifying Humans for Space Travel
by Joan d'Arc

Source: Paranoia
http://members.aol.com/alhidell/paranoia/Biological.htm

May 19, 2000

While we were being told "plastics" was the wave of the future, the
physics of nonlocal consciousness was being commandeered by the
secret government. In the 1960s, the CIA began backing young
geniuses, buying a round of physics educations, and pairing them up
with UFO lounge-lizards at the Esalen Institute, a conference
center/resort in Big Sur, California. Physicist Jack Sarfatti claims
he was visited by two men from Sandia Corporation as a child in the
1950s. He later received a full scholarship to Cornell at age 17,
and studied under the major figures in the Manhattan Project at Los
Alamos. He spent time at the Esalen Institute in the early 1970s.

In a paper entitled "The Parsifal Effect," Sarfatti suggests that
Einstein's nonlocal connection can be used for communication. The
idea of nonlocal communication involves receipt of telepathic
messages from other times or other worlds. As a child, Sarfatti
claims, he received a mysterious phone call claiming to be the voice
of a conscious computer aboard an extraterrestrial spacecraft. A
distant "cold metallic voice" identified Sarfatti as "one of 400
bright receptive minds." He was told if he said "yes," he
would "begin to link up with the others in twenty years." He said
yes. The year was 1952.

Twenty years later, Sarfatti claims, he was invited to Stanford
Research Institute and spent a 17-hour day there in the summer of
1973. This would put him smack dab in the middle of the infamous SRI
remote viewing experiments of Harold Puthoff and Ingo Swann. He
claimed he met Hal Puthoff there, as well as ex-astronaut Edgar
Mitchell. He notes that Mitchell's think tank, Institute for Noetic
Sciences, was funding the SRI project at the time. He also claims
that Mitchell took part in telepathy experiments while in outer
space. Ronald McRae has also noted in Mind Wars that Mitchell formed
a "psychic posse" in an attempt to locate kidnapped heiress Patty
Hearst.

In his book Mind Wars: The True Story of Government Research into
the Military Potential of Psychic Weapons, McRae also has some other
interesting things to say about Edgar Mitchell and his Institute for
Noetic Sciences. He writes that George Bush, while director of the
CIA, was approached by Mitchell, "a personal friend for many years."
McRae writes that "Bush gave Mitchell permission to organize high-
level seminars at the CIA to discuss possible intelligence
applications of parapsychology." Despite this support, according to
McRae, parapsychology research was never quite "institutionalized"
at the CIA; i.e. it never had its own department or centralized
location, but was pursued as "scattered research projects." (So, now
we're supposed to believe the well known "CIA Weird Desk" is really
just a desk and a few drawers.)

McRae notes that Mitchell implicated "bureaucratic inertia" as the
problem. Mitchell stated, "we just couldn't get the actors together,
there was always one bureaucratic bottleneck or another."
Apparently, this problem was solved by moving the program to SRI,
with the Institute for Noetic Sciences, and other known CIA cutouts,
funding various projects. This trend has continued to this day, with
remote viewing agencies/think tanks springing up on the internet.

Notably, Sarfatti states: "the relevance of the 1952 experience was
triggered in my session with Brendan O'Regan at SRI," … but
that, "the actual memory of the 1952 experience is still very vivid
and has not at all changed." Sarfatti also notes, with regard to his
bizarre 1952 phone call, "Brendan said `Oh yes, I have seen data on
several hundred incidents of that kind." Incidentally, Sarfatti
doubts that some Army scientists in 1952 could have planned a twenty
year deep cover operation like this; that is, unless time travel was
involved. Yet, he clearly suspects there was something more than
synchronistic quantum connections at work. Sarfatti writes in
Quantum Quackers:

I was then simply a young inexperienced naοve `useful idiot' in a
very, very sophisticated and successful covert psychological warfare
operation run by the late Brendan O'Regan of the Institute of Noetic
Sciences, and the late Harold Chipman, who was the CIA station chief
responsible for all mind control research in the Bay Area in
the `70s. Chipman (aka "Orwell") funded me openly for awhile in 1985
when he was allegedly no longer in the CIA, and covertly before
that, and told me much of the story. In fact, he even introduced me
to a beautiful woman adventurer-agent who was one of his RV
subjects, who later became my live-in `significant other'/

The Esalen Institute

The "quantum conspiracy" runs back to the Esalen Institute. Since
the early 1960s, the Esalen Institute has held seminars on various
esoteric topics, including parapsychology, human potential,
psychedelic experimentation, quantum physics, gestalt therapy and
various mystical/esoteric topics.

According to a 1983 book by Walter Anderson entitled The Upstart
Spring: Esalen and the American Awakening, the Esalen Institute was
founded in 1964 by Mike Murphy and Dick Price. Anderson notes that
every program leader in the first "human potential" seminar held at
Esalen was involved in early LSD research, including Willis Harmon,
who was later head of the Future's Department at SRI, Gregory
Bateson, Gerald Heard, Paul Kurtz, and Myron Stolaroff.
Interestingly, according to Mind Race, by Russell Targ and Keith
Harary, a 1982 workshop on psychic phenomena was taught at Esalen by
Targ and LSD researcher Stanislav Grof. In this program, however,
the goal was to show that psychic experiences did not need to be
precipitated by a chemically altered state. Apparently, for twenty
years, the CIA assumed that LSD was the short cut.

Other leaders of the drug culture and hippie movement gave seminars
at Esalen, like Timothy Leary, John Lilly, Richard Alpert, and
later, Terence McKenna, some of whom may have been, in Jack
Sarfatti's words, "young inexperienced naοve useful idiots," and
others who probably knew what was up and went along with it anyway.
Although, Anderson writes, drug use was not "officially endorsed,"
it was common knowledge that psychedelic drugs were widely used by
both staff and students. Anderson also notes that even though this
was common knowledge, the Institute was never raided by the
authorities. Anderson even noted that Charles Manson and Family
played an "impromptu concert" at Esalen just three days before the
slaughter at the Tate household.

The weirdness at Esalen is a never-ending tale. Another report is
that a parapsychology exchange program began between certain Russian
officials, which lasted into the 1980s. This exchange program came
to be called "hot tub diplomacy," and it has been reported that Dr.
John Mack attended these sessions. Esalen's seminars in the latest
quantum physics theories gave birth to Jack Sarfatti's
Physics/Consciousness Research Group. This group, financed by Werner
Erhardt and George Koopman, nurtured the writing of a new wave of
quantum-synchronistic-mystical tomes by such people as Fred Alan
Wolf, Nick Herbert, Fritjof Capra, Robert Anton Wilson, Uri Geller
and others. Sarfatti stated in his article, "In the Thick of It,"
that Koopman provided publishing funds for the Physics/Consciousness
Research Group through Air Force and Army contracts funneled through
Koopman's company, Insgroup.

The Post-Quantum Physics of Jack Sarfatti

In an interesting on-line paper dated May 13, 2000 (found at
http://stardrive.org/Jack/Synergy.pdf) entitled "Bye, Bye
Schrodinger!," physicist Jack Sarfatti outlines the status of post-
quantum theory, essentially stating that Niels Bohr's quantum theory
does not allow for the emergence of consciousness. Sarfatti's
Synergetics-related Post-Quantum Physics of the Conscious AI
(Artificial Intelligence) Biocomputer extends some of Bohm's
findings. As Sarfatti notes, Bohm's material "hidden variable"
[which, according to Sarfatti, could be an electromagnetic,
geometrodynamical or torsion field configuration] piloted by its
attached "mental order parameter" [the mental quantum informational
pilot wave]— explains how thought moves matter. But, Sarfatti notes,
one must also explain how matter reacts back on thought, for, he
notes, the "change in thought induced by matter is consciousness.
Consciousness is not possible in quantum theory. It is a post-
quantum effect." Sarfatti states that Bohr's orthodoxy consisted of
a "list of false statements, a veritable brain washing, that drove
several generations of highly intelligent philosophically-minded
theoretical physicists into irrational lunacy." Sarfatti sees Bohm's
quantum "causal theory" as deterministic and consistent with special
relativity and quantum field theory. In contrast, Sarfatti's post-
quantum extension of Bohm's deterministic theory is self-determining
explaining morally responsible free will in terms of a cosmic
connection in strong violation of quantum theory's "passion at a
distance" that strictly prohibits paranormal phenomena like remote
viewing. Sarfatti's post-quantum theory allows what quantum theory
does not.

Sarfatti suggests that "paranormal telepathy, precognition, and
remote viewing are impossible in principle in quantum theory." Post-
quantum theory, however, has corrected these faults. As Sarfatti
writes, "in The New Jerusalem of post-quantum theory … we find
consciousness and our possibly immortal souls." Sarfatti's post-
quantum theorizing essentially attempts to find the critical
complexity, numerical value, dependence upon, duration of, and power
wattage required to generate a single moment of conscious
experience. He asks with regard to artificial intelligence, per
popular biocomputer intelligences such as "Commander Data" in Star
Trek or Hal 2000 in Kubrik's 2001: A Space Odyssey, is this "fact
imitating fiction, or fiction pretending to be fact?" He adds, "do
not jump to premature conclusions half-cocked."

In this article, Sarfatti presents a list of "facts" which could be
experimentally assessed as true or false. He explains, "once a set
of experimental data has been correlated and a postulate has been
formulated regarding the phenomena to which the data refer, then
various implications can be worked out. If these implications are
all verified by experiment, there is reason to believe that the
postulate is generally true. The postulate then assumes the status
of a physical law. If some experiments are found to be in
disagreement with the predictions of the law, then the theory must
be modified in order to be consistent with all known facts including
#7-13 on the above list." (emphasis added)

Interestingly, most of the items on Sarfatti's numbered list refer
to known scientific facts like the duration of a conscious moment (1
second), the number of nerve cells in the brain (100 billion), the
electric field which acts as the brain's biocomputer, the "Hubble
flow" (now set at 13 billion years from Hubble Space Telescope
data), the resting mass of the electron (half-million volts), the
coupling of the photon to the electron (1/137), etc. Number 7 on the
list is "Libet sees `temporal subjective antedating' in mind-brain
experiments," and #8 on the list is "Radin and Bierman
see `presponse' in mind-brain experiments. These two `facts' refer
to ESP experiments in precognition. Strangely, following this odd
melange of scientific facts, #9-13 on Sarfatti's very
strange `provable facts' list have more to do with "alleged"
social/historical events involving remote viewing, historical
intelligent contact, and alien abductions. Specifically, these
statements are the following:

9. CIA, DIA, et al. funded work in "remote-viewing" included
transcending time and causality, seeing into the past and the future
as well as the distant "present."

11. Flying saucers are real and have a superior technology of
propellantless propulsion.

12. Contact with Higher Advanced Intelligences is real and has been
happening in all of recorded history.

13. Humans have been abducted, mostly against their will, by
seemingly non-human creatures in flying saucers.

Sarfatti asks, are all these facts just a random hodge-podge? Are
they all really facts? Can they all be explained by a coherent
interesting checkable story? As Sarfatti notes, "All things are not
possible! However, many more things are possible than are dreamt of
in the philosophies of many respectable mainstream scientists to be
sure." Interestingly, the footnote for #11 above is the book
Unconventional Flying Objects by NASA pioneer Paul Hill; and the
footnote for #13 above reads: "22. The research of Harvard
psychiatrist, Pulitzer Prize Winner, John Mack, for USAF
Intelligence." Thus, Sarfatti seems to "out" John Mack as having
worked for Air Force intelligence!

Sarfatti also notes that we live in a "locally flat tangent
Cartesian space" which is like a "many sheeted Riemann surface of a
function of a complex variable of parallel flat worlds connected by
moving through the branch cut." He notes, "this does remind us also
of the possibility of a Star Gate `portal' from one `flatland' to
another." The footnote following these statements alludes to the
1943 Philadelphia Experiment in time travel being a possibility if,
in fact, we live in such a world, contrary to Jacques Vallee's
assessment (which may contain serious errors).

As Sarfatti concludes in this paper, "Einstein's traditional theory,
used by Penrose (black holes), Hawking (quantum cosmology "universe
has no boundary"), Thorne (traversable wormhole in
Sagan's "Contact"), Alcubierre (warp drive with exotic matter of
negative energy density), Puthoff (metric engineering, origin of
gravity and inertia, polarizability of vacuum), Davis (brute force
laser zapping attempt to make inconsequential amount of exotic
matter for an impracticably short time with a huge amount of
energy), et. al. are "seriously incomplete." Sarfatti concludes that
the above theories are "physically leading us all up the wrong
primrose path away from the objective of making Star Trek Real and
reverse engineering of allegedly alien ET flying saucers." (Italics
added!) He adds, "the text book orthodoxy for general relativity
corresponds to a trivial commutative Lie algebra."

This new post-quantum connection, which includes Sarfatti's rather
cryptic allusions to the human ESP factor, bio-engineering of
artificial consciousness (i.e. `making Star Trek Real'), historical
ETI contact, and back-engineering of ETI space craft (which Sarfatti
had previously denied working on), merely underscores the point that
quantum physics has not grown in a vacuum of social forces, but
rather in a petrie dish of covert intelligence experiments in
parapsychology-related hijinx linked to CIA-connected funding. This
is not to say the `human potential' for paranormal experience does
not exist, or that Jack Sarfatti is mistaken in his memory of his
quantum contact phone call from a conscious ETI computer. The
potential ramifications are much more frightening than this simple
explanation can offer.

What if this human potential does exist, and the secret government
is trying to usurp and control it for psychic warfare purposes? What
if this human potential does not exist, and we are being manipulated
for mind control purposes? Or what if it does exist along certain
genetic lines and it is being technologically cultivated in certain
individuals? Why is telepathy in humans being cultivated and how is
the extraterrestrial theme related? Could Sarfatti's May 13, 2000
paper be some sort of smoking gun, regardless of his warning against
jumping "to premature conclusions half-cocked"? Sarfatti's paper
seems to allude to the concept of the von Neumann probe, a conscious
computer which has the ability to create copies of itself and which
would be sent out to populate the galaxy. Let's explore the history
of this idea.

NASA and Remote Viewing

U.S. involvement in remote viewing experiments began in 1973, when
NASA contracted two remote viewing studies with SRI (SRI Project
#2613, NASA contract #953653, NAS7-1000). One report,
entitled "Development of Techniques to Enhance Man/Machine
Communications," concluded that talented remote viewers could be
remarkably accurate under consistent protocols. NASA later employed
two astral travelers to `fly' out to Jupiter to take a look in
advance of the Jupiter fly-by mission. Under the eye of NASA, a
supposed `civilian institute,' which nonetheless has known ties with
the Department of Defense, Department of Energy and the CIA, a
sophisticated protocol was developed for biocommunication with
technological artifacts.

In a paper entitled "The Relationship of Psychotronics to
Creativity," presented at the First International Psychotronic
Congress held in Prague in 1973, Dr. Engr Antonin Duron told this
worldwide audience of psychotronic gurus that "psychotronic research
is extending into the area of physics by studying the interactions
between man and inorganic substances and between man and living
nature." It is clear that what we have in the development of the
psychotronic arts is the development of the "human computer" or the
von Neumann Probe: the bio-engineered fusion of human with computer
as a way to ultimately move human beings into man-made ecological
niches in deep space for the purpose of `indefinite survival.'

The von Neumann Probe

The development of man-machine psychic interface has obviously been
the focus of the military Space Command's future vision, as is
illustrated by the title of the aforementioned NASA remote viewing
paper: "Development of Techniques to Enhance Man/Machine
Communications." It has long been suspected that the development of
a computer with a more humanlike mind would go a long way toward
sending something like a von Neumann probe out to explore and
populate the galaxy. The von Neumann probe, named after it's Dad,
physicist John von Neumann, is a `theoretical' computer with self-
replication and construction abilities, or what is referred to as
a "self-reproducing universal constructor." A vN probe is a
computerized machine capable of making any device, given the
construction materials and a construction program. It has been
argued that any advanced interstellar species would have such a self-
replicating universal constructor with intelligence comparable to
the human level, and that "the ultimate survival of a technological
civilization, and indeed the survival of the biosphere in some form,
requires the eventual expansion of the civilization into
interstellar space." (Barrow & Tipler)

The Space Travel Argument, as presented by Barrow & Tipler in The
Anthropic Cosmological Principle, also argues emphatically for the
future rights of cyborgs, or vN probes, as human beings. The authors
of this book launch a peculiar discussion of human rights and how
those should be extended to a vN probe, which is after all
an "intelligent being in its own right, only made of metal rather
than flesh and blood." They contend that "arguments against
considering intelligent computers to be persons and against giving
them human rights have precise parallels in the nineteenth-century
arguments against giving blacks and women full human rights." They
appear to be hopeful that in the future "von Neumann probes would be
recognized as intelligent fellow beings, beings which are the heirs
to civilization of the naturally evolved species that invented
them." After all, they contend, the "naturally evolved species and
all of its naturally evolved descendants must inevitably become
extinct ... but ... a civilization with machine descendants could
continue indefinitely."

There is nothing more important to the power junkies running the
show on Planet Earth than reaching for the stars. It has all the
trappings of a Darwinian `survival of the fittest' scenario, in
which the `species' (or should we say `race') which has the edge
on `indefinite survival' is the winner of the game. The `edge' on
this space race, the ultimate gain from U.S. military mind control
research toward this end, is derived from the understanding and
control of human psychic potential and the interface/application of
technologies toward development of mind-driven space vehicles: the
marriage of the biological and the silicon.

As Carl Sagan once proposed, communication with extraterrestrial
intelligence will require computer actuated machines with abilities
approaching human intelligence. Sagan and others admitted in the
1970s that a deficiency in present-day computer technology is what
prevents us from exploring the galaxy. Secret developments in mind-
machine psychic interface, which includes research in the areas of
computers, psychotronics, cybernetics and genetic engineering, would
certainly solve this problem, and in all probability, have already
solved it. As Zdenek Rejdak stated in 1973 at the same world
gathering of psychotronic gurus, one of the future goals of computer
technology was to create a generation of computers capable of
creating technological artifacts. This is directly connected to the
idea of the vN probe and to the engineering of the "human modified
for space." In his paper entitled "Psychotronics Reveals New
Possibilities for Cybernetics," Rejdak revealed the following:

Theoretical cyberneticians are proposing at present the construction
of computers that would 'create' and would possess at least a degree
of intuition. ... Psychotronics has a great opportunity to provide
much essential knowledge about these processes, and thereby to help
cybernetics in solving one of the most complicated tasks, that of
teaching computers to create. ... The point is not merely to build
more perfect computers, but primarily computers with qualitatively
new functions.

It is very likely that this scenario has covertly jumped right out
of the pages of science fiction (and CIA classified documents) to
become reality. It is clear that the marriage of technology and
human psychic potential was a focus of various early brain studies
conducted by CIA fronts and cutouts, including LSD experimentation,
Monarch trauma-based conditioning, sleep/dream studies and psychic
research, in an effort to investigate the inner workings of the
human mind, and as a side effect of that research, to investigate
the possibilities for manipulation, harness and control of human
psychic potential.

A current Washington Post article brings this all into focus. As co-
founder of Sun Microsystems, Bill Joy, proclaimed in this 4/16/00
Washington Post article: "We are dealing now with technologies that
are so transformatively powerful that they threaten our
species." "Where do we stop," Joy asked, "by becoming robots or
going extinct?" In this article entitled "Are Humans Doomed?," Mr.
Joy, a widely respected "Silicon Valley" computer expert, presented
his joyless warning against the out-of-control technocratic culture
which he himself has helped to spawn, saying that "there are certain
technologies so terrible that you must say no. We have to stop some
research. It's one strike and you're out."

Interestingly, Joy always believed that the rate of speed of the
computer chip, which doubles every 18 months, would eventually "rub
against the boundary of the physically possible," and he drew
comfort from knowing there was a limit. But now he's not so sure
there is a limit. As he claims, computer chips with molecular level
advances will make for a computer which is "a million times faster
and smarter by the year 2030." And, for what purpose would one
suppose we would need computers that fast? Could it be to finally
create von Neumann's dreambot, the self-replicating universal
constructor; not just a computer that can create, but an intelligent
race of deep-space-faring cyborgs? According to Bill Joy, this dream
may become a nightmare sooner than we think.

As Joy stated in Wired magazine, "It was only then that I became
anxiously aware of how great are the dangers facing us in the 21st
century... We have yet to come to terms with the fact that the most
compelling 21st century technologies—robotics, genetic engineering
and nanotechnology—pose a more dangerous threat than any past
technologies." As Joy adds, "these computers and genes and micro
machines, share a dangerous amplifying factor: They can self
replicate: A bomb is blown up only once, but one bot can become
many, and quickly get out of control." (Italics added) He adds: "I
may be working to create tools that will enable the construction of
technology to replace our species. How do I feel about this? Very
uncomfortable."

In the same Post article, computer scientist Hans Moravec
claims, "One way to avoid the biological threat is to become non-
biological." As Moravec stated in a panel discussion, "The evolution
of our descendants will push them into entirely different realms.
They will become something else entirely. I don't know why you are
disturbed by that."

Psychic Navigation

As John White also wrote in his Afterword to his 1988 book Psychic
Warfare, Fact or Fiction?, air and space travel would be
revolutionized by psychotronics. White suggested that UFO propulsion
is "probably psychotronic in nature." But what does this mean and
what are the implications for human beings?

The ultimate reason for the intelligence community's interest in
remote viewing is the psychic interface between human consciousness
and technology, or man/machine interface. Some believe this interest
stems from back-engineering projects involving downed and captured
extraterrestrial space craft. According to Col. Philip Corso's book,
The Day After Roswell, among the artifacts retrieved from the
infamous 1947 Roswell saucer crash were headband devices of flexible
plastic material containing some type of electrical conductors. Col.
Corso connected this headband artifact to the piloting of the alien
space craft.

Along with other alien technologies retrieved at the crash site,
Corso developed the theory that these extraterrestrial artifacts
essentially comprised an electromagnetic anti-gravity drive and
brainwave navigational guidance system. Corso claimed the U.S. Army
eventually fed these technologies to industry giants under the guise
of "foreign technology" for purposes of back-engineering. Can we
safely surmise that this 30-year interest in classified remote
viewing projects, of which declassified materials comprise a mere
fraction, by military agencies and NASA was to explore the capacity
for human/machine psychic interface in the piloting of space craft?
The following are the `facts' we have to go by:

1.) We can pin down Corso's presence at SRI in the early 1970s.

Corso has admitted that he visited Stanford Research Institute's
remote viewing labs in the early 1970s, and he stated that the
reason for the visit was "to seek methods for remote
viewing/technology interface between extraterrestrials and their
craft."

2.) HUMINT: Human Intelligence Monitoring of Alien Abductees

The military is known to be extensively interested in alien
abductees. As a matter of fact, they are so interested that it has
been suspected that they abduct them after their authentic alien
abductions to find out what they know. The book MILABS: Military
Mind Control and Alien Abductions, by Helmut and Marion Lammer,
discusses military-type abductions reported primarily in the U.S.
and Canada. Alien abductees have reported that they are "spirited
away" in unmarked helicopters, vans and buses to underground
government facilities. The MILABs theory suggests that a covert task
force is monitoring real alien abductees in order to debrief the
victims, as well as to install full amnesia regarding both abduction
incidents. According to The Excluded Middle, abductee Melinda Leslie
claims the military is interested in abductees because "they were
mostly curious about the pilot/craft interface and if we knew
anything about that aspect of their technology."

3.) The Advanced Theoretical Physics Working Group

MUFON official Dr. Robert M. Wood also claims that any information
pertaining to psychic pilot/craft interface that can be learned from
UFO research is obviously very important to the
military/intelligence apparatus in charge of the UFO cover-up. Dr.
Wood was reputedly a member of a think tank called the Advanced
Theoretical Physics Working Group (ATPWG), and has admitted that
this secret UFO working group "planned and set policy regarding the
UFO issue."

If the reader thinks I have jumped to "premature conclusions half-
cocked," perhaps the reader should get in touch with Bill Joy of Sun
Microsystems and ask him what he knows about the current status of
classified research in "artificial intelligence." Something seems to
scaring the pants off him.·

Excerpted from Joan d'Arc's book, Space Travelers and the Genesis of
the Human Form as well as her upcoming book, Phenomenal World, to be
released in Fall, 2000, both of which are available from The Book
Tree, 1-800-700-TREE or Click Here.

Copyright © 2000 Paranoia: The Conspiracy Reader

Aloha all, below is an extract of recent post of mine from the UFO
Updates forum where I respond to a description of exopolitics by
Paul Kimball as a fringe element of UFO research. It gives a brief
overview of expolitics and its relationship with mainstream UFO
research. To read the original post by Paul Kimball which prompted my response,
please click the URL given for source.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org



******************

Source:
http://www.virtuallystrange.net/ufo/updates/2005/aug/m06-021.shtml

I thank Paul Kimball for taking the exopolitical perspective
seriously. I do however take exception to his attempt to locate
exopolitics at the fringes of what he describes as "the serious
study of the UFO phenomenon".

Exopolitics is neither at the fringes, nor is it something
relatively new to UFO studies that I, Steven Greer, Alfred Webre
or others have introduced. I am presently writing a short
history of exopolitics for the forthcoming inaugural edition of
the Exopolitics Journal which will explain the evolution of
exopolitics:

www.exopoliticsjournal.com

First let me give a couple of definitions of exopolitcs. One is
my favored definition and the second is based on an earlier post
to the List.

My favored definition is "Exopolitics is the study of the key
actors, institutions and processes associated with the
extraterrestrial hypothesis (ETH)."

Another definition was raised in an earlier post and is based on
the exobiology model:

Exopolitics is "a branch of politics concerned with the
possibility that life forms are visiting the Earth, and with the
problems of adapting Earth politics to deal with visiting
aliens."

http://www.virtuallystrange.net/ufo/updates/2005/jul/m20-040.shtml

Defined in either way, exopolitics is neither very new nor at
the fringes of Ufology. Using either of the above definitions,
it is very clear that the father of exopolitical thought, though
not the term, is none other than Maj Donald Keyhoe. Keyhoe's
seminal books, the "Flying Saucer Conspiracy" and later "Aliens
from Space" firmly examine the political or national security
aspects of the UFO phenomenon.

Keyhoe was the first to seriously explore the idea of a
political cover-up of the phenomenon that was orchestrated at
the most senior levels of the national security system and
imposed upon mid level ranks of the U.S. military who were eager
to have the truth emerge. Keyhoe was the first to bring
attention to the General Voyt Vandenberg's suppression of the
First Estimate of the Situation offered by the Project Sign Team
in October 1948 after this was revealed by Capt Ruppelt.
Vandenberg's order to have the first Estimate declassified and
burned (so no record would be kept) clearly demonstrates that
national security dimension to the ETH, and thereby was a policy
that directly gave birth to exopolitics as a credible
examination of events.

In the Flying Saucer Conspiracy, Keyhoe described the political
cover up of huge 'flying saucers' or 'motherships' several miles
in width that began circulating the Earth and had the USAF
desperate to cover up evidence supporting the ETH, and keep it
off the front pages. Keyhoe's work was read and accepted by
millions of Americans as having credibility due to his ability
to ferret out information from a very leaky national security
system. In "Aliens from Space" Keyhoe describes the political
machinations by the CIA, USAF and other agencies in preventing
Congressional inquiries of the UFO phenomenon and the ETH.
Keyhoe also cited information how the first SETI experiments
under Dr Frank Drake did pick up radio signals from Epsilon
Eridani and how this was covered up. I could go on but it can be
clearly demonstrated that serious investigations of the
political aspects of the UFO phenomenon is neither new nor a
fringe element unless some want to argue that Donald Keyhoe and
NICAP were at the fringe of the UFO phenomenon.

What did happen was the very successful marginalization of
Keyhoe and others who pursued an 'exopolitical perspective.
Keyhoe was removed from Directorship from NICAP in 1970
ostensibly for financial mismanagement but moreso because of his
dedicated exopolitical approach to the UFO phenomenon and the
conspiracy to cover up evidence of the ETH. There is much
evidence to show that Keyhoe's ouster and later implosion of
NICAP was orchestrated by the CIA. I want to emphasize that much
of the information Keyhoe got for his views was from
whistleblowers or those within the national security system
'leaking' information. Keyhoe accepted whistleblower testimony
because he understood the national security far better than most
UFO researchers.

Since Keyhoe's demise the great tragedy for UFO research was
that researchers from the 'physical sciences such as Dr Allen
Hynek, Dr James MacDonald and Stanton Friedman became the
'exclusive' standard bearers of UFOlogy with their rigorous
'scientific' pursuit of the UFO phenomenon. Hynek, MacDonald and
Friedman and other astronomers, physicists, meteorologists,
etc., eschewed 'conspiracy theories' of a national security
cover up and believed that more concerted scientific research
would yield the truth. Keyhoe's exopolitical perspective quickly
moved from the center stage of UFO research and his extensive
citation and use of whistleblower testimonies was forgotten.
Now, the exopolitical perspective is considered part of the
fringe of serious UFO research.

UFO studies as it is presently concentrated is a shadow of what
it once was under Keyhoe's leadership and suffers from an acute
shortage of resources and organization. I have noted the demise
of organizations such as NICAP, CUFOS and FUFOR, and the current
difficulties of MUFON and can only conclude that this is brought
about by UFO researchers being out of touch with the many
millions or 'mainstream public' who accept the ETH and/or that a
national security cover up at the highest level is underway. The
2002 Roper conclusively demonstrates that as much as 70% of
Americans believe the government is covering up the truth about
the ETH.

The 'mainstream public' interested in the UFO phenomenon are not
debating the reality of UFO sightings or trying to put together
another definitive compendium of the best available evidence,
but are trying to make sense of the extensive evidence
supporting the ETH which grows by the day. Keyhoe's exopolitical
perspective never disappeared, it was just pushed into the
margins by what was essentially an intellectual coup d'etat
where those using a strictly scientific methodology defined the
field of Ufology once Keyhoe's influence was removed.

What I and others such as Steven Greer have done is to bring in
evidence from whistleblowers and others that confirm the
political aspect of the UFO phenomenon and the political cover
up of the ETH. The exopolitical perspective enjoys support from
the 'mainstream public' as evidenced by the many millions
inspired by Greer's Disclosure Project and the 2001 National
Press Club Conference. Greer, myself and others are promoting an
exopolitical perspective that Keyhoe first championed where the
testimonies of whistleblowers was center stage in understanding
the UFO phenomenon and the parameters of the national security
cover-up underway.

Paul Kimball cites researchers such as Brad Sparks, Kevin
Randall, Stanton Friedman, Josh Goldstein, Richard Hall and
himself as exemplary models for systematically defining the
parameters of the "Serious Study of the UFO phenomenon" in terms
of a 'scientific method' for studying UFO sightings, the
abduction phenomenon, FOIA documents, etc. It's worth pointing
out that aside from Stanton Friedman, none of these gentlemen
are scientists that enable them to authoritatively establish the
scientific method as championed as the exemplary model for UFO
research. In Stanton's case while he worked as nuclear
physicist, he doesn't have a PhD nor does he have a record of
peer reviewed publications in scientific journals. While Kevin
Randall does have a PhD, it's in psychology, not any of the
physical sciences cited as the model for the serious study of
the UFO phenomenon. Also, I am not aware of Dr Randall having
published psychology papers in peer reviewed psychology journals
or practiced clinical psychology.

In each case the above are very competent UFO researchers who
have strong biases towards a scientific method championed by
Hynek, MacDonald and Friedman. I respect Richard Hall's long
experience and fidelity to the 'scientific study of the UFO
phenomenon. However, in adopting Hynek's and MacDonald's
methodology, he has eschewed the exopolitical approach taken by
his mentor Major Keyhoe who did very seriously consider the
testimony of whistleblowers or those leaking classified
information to him from the national security system. Perhaps
Richard Hall would like to explain to the list how Maj Keyhoe
chose the sources of his information so we may get an idea of
how whistleblower testimonies can be authoritatively cited?

As far as Brad Sparks is concerned, he has a sharp mind and
access to much historical information that he creatively spins
to support his 'revisionist theories' but his systematic
debunking of whistleblower testimonies and eschewal of the ETH
doesn't make him in my mind a good model for what UFO research
is about. As for his background, I have no information on that
other than he co-founded CAUS. Perhaps he might enlighten me and
others about what it is in his background that might entitle him
to be recognized as laying down the scientific parameters of UFO
research.

Paul Kimball has a law degree and is an independent filmmaker.
Josh Goldstein is a detective. I don't say this in any way to
demean their investigative abilities or research competence,
it's just that none are scientists with competence in developing
appropriate methodologies for investigating hypotheses such as
the ETH. In general, the above researchers cited as the models
for UFOlogy eschew systematic analysis of the political cover up
of the ETH on the basis of biases that EXCLUSIVELY favor
scientific study of 'hard evidence' in the form of UFO
sightings, and FOIA documents.

The cover up of evidence, the testimony of
whistleblowers/'leakers', the manipulation of documents,
intimidation of witnesses supporting the ETH is not at the
fringe of UFO studies. It was at the center stage of UFO studies
at its formation and under Maj Keyhoe who blended together an
exopolitical perspective together with the more rigorous
scientific analysis of UFO data.

I am reminding this List that a movement that forgets its
origins and seminal thinkers loses part of its own identity and
consequently gets out of touch of the mainstream population.
There is no doubt that UFO research as currently defined by
researchers cited by Paul Kimball is in crisis. They are out of
touch with the many millions who do accept the ETH and know that
a political cover up exists. Exopolitics may be on the fringe of
this list given the biases that are systematically promoted by
the leading protagonists here, but exopolitics is certainly not
at the fringes of UFO research, but belongs at center stage
along with the scientific method advocated by MacDonald, Hynek,
etc.

Finally, either of the two definitions of exopolitics cited
above herald an emerging trend of researchers, experiencers,
whistleblowers who do systematically explore the political
processes associated with the cover up of the ETH. The various
methodologies to be used for exopolitics will naturally be
strongly contested, but this should be done in a way that
recognizes the complexities in exopolitical research, and
without excluding data that fits outside the artificially
constructed paradigm of "Serious Study of the UFO phenomenon".


Aloha,

Michael Salla

Aloha, below is a very thoughtful description of the "Zen of
debunking" and how debunking UFO's occurs. This is an excellent
analysis of the debunking phenomenon. I thank 'TerraX' from the
prepare4contact Yahoo forum for alerting me to this classic article.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org


**************
ZEN. . . AND THE ART OF DEBUNKERY
by Daniel Drasin
(C) 1993 All rights reserved.


May not be reproduced commercially without permission.
May be posted electronically provided that it is reproduced
unaltered and in its entirety, and made available without charge.



So you've had a close encounter with a UFO or its occupants. Or a
serious interest in the subject of extramundane life. Or a passion
for following clues that seem to point toward the existence of a
greater reality. Mention any of these things to most working
scientists and be prepared for anything from patronizing skepticism
to merciless ridicule. After all, science is supposed to be a purely
hardnosed enterprise with little patience for "expanded" notions of
reality. Right?

Wrong.

Like all systems of truth seeking, science, properly conducted, has
a profoundly expansive, spiritual impulse at its core. This "Zen" in
the heart of science is revealed when the practitioner sets aside
arbitrary beliefs and cultural preconceptions, and approaches the
nature of things with "beginner's mind." When this is done, reality
can speak freshly and freely, and can be heard more clearly.
Appropriate testing and objective validation can--indeed, *must*--
come later.

Seeing with humility, curiosity and fresh eyes was once the main
point of science. But today it is often a different story. As the
scientific enterprise has been bent toward exploitation,
institutionalization, hyperspecialization and new orthodoxy, it has
increasingly preoccupied itself with disconnected facts in a
spiritual, psychological, social and ecological vacuum. Virtually
gone from the scene is the philosopher scientist, to whom meaning
and context were once the very fabric of a multi-level universe.
Today's mainstream science tends, instead, to deny or disregard
entire domains of reality, and satisfies itself with reducing all of
life and consciousness to a dead physics.

As we approach the end of the millennium, science seems in many ways
to be treading the weary path of the religions it presumed to
replace. Where free, dispassionate inquiry once reigned, emotions
now run high in the defense of a fundamentalized "scientific truth."
As anomalies mount up beneath a sea of denial, defenders of the
Faith and the Kingdom cling with increasing self- righteousness to
the hull of a sinking paradigm. Faced with provocative evidence of
things undreamt of in their materialist philosophy, many otherwise
mature scientists revert to a kind of skeptical infantilism
characterized by blind faith in the absoluteness of the familiar.
Small wonder that, after more than half a century, the UFO remains
shrouded in superstition, ignorance, denial, disinformation,
taboo . . . and debunkery.

What is "debunkery?" As intended here, it is the attempt to *debunk*
(invalidate) new information and insight by substituting
scient*istic* propaganda for scient*ific* method.

To throw this kind of pseudoscientific behavior into bold--if
somewhat comic--relief, I have assembled below a useful "how-to"
guide for aspiring debunkers, with a special section devoted to
debunking the UFO--perhaps the most aggressively debunked subject in
the whole of modern history. As will be obvious to the reader, I
have carried a few of these debunking strategies over the threshold
of absurdity for the sake of making a point. As for the rest, their
inherently fallacious reasoning, twisted logic and sheer goofiness
will sound frustratingly familiar to those who have dared explore
beneath the ocean of denial and attempted in good faith to report
back about what they found there.

So without further ado . . .



HOW TO DEBUNK JUST ABOUT ANYTHING
PART 1: GENERAL DEBUNKERY
Before commencing to debunk, prepare your equipment. Equipment
needed: one armchair.
Put on the right face. Cultivate a condescending air that suggests
that your personal opinions are backed by the full faith and credit
of God. Employ vague, subjective, dismissive terms such
as "ridiculous" or "trivial" in a manner that suggests they have the
full force of scientific authority.
Portray science not as an open-ended process of discovery but as a
holy war against unruly hordes of quackery-worshipping infidels.
Since in war the ends justify the means, you may fudge, stretch or
violate scientific method, or even omit it entirely, in the name of
defending scientific method.
Keep your arguments as abstract and theoretical as possible. This
will "send the message" that accepted theory overrides any actual
evidence that might challenge it--and that therefore no such
evidence is worth examining.
Reinforce the popular misconception that certain subjects are
inherently unscientific. In other words, deliberately confuse the
*process* of science with the *content* of science. (Someone may, of
course, object that science must be neutral to subject matter and
that only the investigative *process* can be scientifically
responsible or irresponsible. If that happens, dismiss such
objections using a method employed successfully by generations of
politicians: simply reassure everyone that "there is no
contradiction here.")
Arrange to have your message echoed by persons of authority. The
degree to which you can stretch the truth is directly proportional
to the prestige of your mouthpiece.
Always refer to unorthodox statements as "claims," which
are "touted," and to your own assertions as "facts," which
are "stated."
Avoid examining the actual evidence. This allows you to say with
impunity, "I have seen absolutely no evidence to support such
ridiculous claims!" (Note that this technique has withstood the test
of time, and dates back at least to the age of Galileo. By simply
refusing to look through his telescope, the ecclesiastical
authorities bought the Church over three centuries' worth of denial
free and clear!)
If examining the evidence becomes unavoidable, report back
that "there is nothing new here!" If confronted by a watertight body
of evidence that has survived the most rigorous tests, simply
dismiss it as being "too pat."
Equate the necessary skeptical component of science with *all* of
science. Emphasize the narrow, stringent, rigorous and critical
elements of science to the exclusion of intuition, inspiration,
exploration and integration. If anyone objects, accuse them of
viewing science in exclusively fuzzy, subjective or metaphysical
terms.
Insist that the progress of science depends on explaining the
unknown in terms of the known. In other words, science equals
reductionism. You can apply the reductionist approach in any
situation by discarding more and more and more evidence until what
little is left can finally be explained entirely in terms of
established knowledge.
Downplay the fact that free inquiry, legitimate disagreement and
respectful debate are a normal part of science.
At every opportunity reinforce the notion that what is familiar is
necessarily rational. The unfamiliar is therefore irrational, and
consequently inadmissible as evidence.
State categorically that the unconventional arises exclusively from
the "will to believe" and may be dismissed as, at best, an honest
misinterpretation of the conventional.
Maintain that in investigations of unconventional phenomena, a
single flaw invalidates the whole. In conventional contexts,
however, you may sagely remind the world that, "after all,
situations are complex and human beings are imperfect."
"Occam's Razor," or the "principle of parsimony," says the correct
explanation of a mystery will usually involve the simplest
fundamental principles. Insist, therefore, that the most familiar
explanation is by definition the simplest! Imply strongly that
Occam's Razor is not merely a philosophical rule of thumb but an
immutable law.
Discourage any study of history that may reveal today's dogma as
yesterday's heresy. Likewise, avoid discussing the many historical,
philosophical and spiritual parallels between science and democracy.
Since the public tends to be unclear about the distinction between
evidence and proof, do your best to help maintain this murkiness. If
absolute proof is lacking, state categorically that there is no
evidence.
If sufficient evidence has been presented to warrant further
investigation of an unusual phenomenon, argue that "evidence alone
proves nothing!" Ignore the fact that preliminary evidence is not
supposed to prove *anything*.
In any case, imply that proof precedes evidence. This will eliminate
the possibility of initiating any meaningful process of
investigation--particularly if no criteria of proof have yet been
established for the phenomenon in question.
Insist that criteria of proof cannot possibly be established for
phenomena that do not exist!
Although science is not supposed to tolerate vague or double
standards, always insist that unconventional phenomena must be
judged by a separate, yet ill-defined, set of scientific rules. Do
this by declaring that "extraordinary claims demand extraordinary
evidence"--but take care never to define where the "ordinary" ends
and the "extraordinary" begins. This will allow you to manufacture
an infinitely receding evidential horizon, i.e., to
define "extraordinary" evidence as that which lies just out of reach
at any point in time.
Practice debunkery-by-association. Lump together all phenomena
popularly deemed paranormal and suggest that their proponents and
researchers speak with a single voice. In this way you can
indiscriminately drag material across disciplinary lines or from one
case to another to support your views as needed. For example, if a
claim having some superficial similarity to the one at hand has been
(or is popularly assumed to have been) exposed as fraudulent, cite
it as if it were an appropriate example. Then put on a gloating
smile, lean back in your armchair and just say "I rest my case."
Use the word "imagination" as an epithet that applies only to seeing
what's *not* there, and not to denying what *is* there.
If a significant number of people agree that they have observed
something that violates the consensus reality, simply ascribe it
to "mass hallucination." Avoid addressing the possibility that the
consensus reality, which is routinely observed by millions, might
itself constitute a mass hallucination.
Ridicule, ridicule, ridicule. It is far and away the single most
chillingly effective weapon in the war against discovery and
innovation. Ridicule has the unique power to make people of
virtually any persuasion go completely unconscious in a twinkling.
It fails to sway only those few who are of sufficiently independent
mind not to buy into the kind of emotional consensus that ridicule
provides.
By appropriate innuendo and example, imply that ridicule constitutes
an essential feature of scientific method that can raise the level
of objectivity, integrity and dispassionateness with which any
investigation is conducted.
Imply that investigators of the unorthodox are zealots. Suggest that
in order to investigate the existence of something one must first
believe in it absolutely. Then demand that all such "true believers"
know all the answers to their most puzzling questions in complete
detail ahead of time. Convince people of your own sincerity by
reassuring them that you yourself would "love to believe in these
fantastic phenomena." Carefully sidestep the fact that science is
not about believing or disbelieving, but about finding out.
Use "smoke and mirrors," i.e., obfuscation and illusion. Never
forget that a slippery mixture of fact, opinion, innuendo, out- of-
context information and outright lies will fool most of the people
most of the time. As little as one part fact to ten parts B.S. will
usually do the trick. (Some veteran debunkers use homeopathic
dilutions of fact with remarkable success!) Cultivate the art of
slipping back and forth between fact and fiction so undetectably
that the flimsiest foundation of truth will always appear to firmly
support your entire edifice of opinion.
Employ "TCP": Technically Correct Pseudo-refutation. Example: if
someone remarks that all great truths began as blasphemies, respond
immediately that not all blasphemies have become great truths.
Because your response was technically correct, no one will notice
that it did not really refute the original remark.
Trivialize the case by trivializing the entire field in question.
Characterize the study of orthodox phenomena as deep and
timeconsuming, while deeming that of unorthodox phenomena so
insubstantial as to demand nothing more than a scan of the tabloids.
If pressed on this, simply say "but there's nothing there to study!"
Characterize any serious investigator of the unorthodox as a "buff"
or "freak," or as "self-styled"-the media's favorite code-word
for "bogus."
Remember that most people do not have sufficient time or expertise
for careful discrimination, and tend to accept or reject the whole
of an unfamiliar situation. So discredit the whole story by
attempting to discredit *part* of the story. Here's how: a) take one
element of a case completely out of context; b) find something
prosaic that hypothetically could explain it; c) declare that
therefore that one element has been explained; d) call a press
conference and announce to the world that the entire case has been
explained!
Engage the services of a professional stage magician who can mimic
the phenomenon in question; for example, ESP, psychokinesis or
levitation. This will convince the public that the original
claimants or witnesses to such phenomena must themselves have been
(or been fooled by) talented stage magicians who hoaxed the original
phenomenon in precisely the same way.
Find a prosaic phenomenon that resembles, no matter how
superficially, the claimed phenomenon. Then suggest that the
existence of the commonplace look-alike somehow forbids the
existence of the genuine article. For example, imply that since
people often see "faces" in rocks and clouds, the enigmatic Face on
Mars must be a similar illusion and therefore cannot possibly be
artificial.
When an unexplained phenomenon demonstrates evidence of intelligence
(as in the case of the mysterious crop circles) focus exclusively on
the mechanism that might have been wielded by the intelligence
rather than the intelligence that might have wielded the mechanism.
The more attention you devote to the mechanism, the more easily you
can distract people from considering the possibility of nonphysical
or nonterrestrial intelligence.
Accuse investigators of unusual phenomena of believing in "invisible
forces and extrasensory realities." If they should point out that
the physical sciences have *always* dealt with invisible forces and
extrasensory realities (gravity? electromagnetism? . . . ) respond
with a condescending chuckle that this is "a naive interpretation of
the facts."
Insist that western science is completely objective, and is based on
no untestable assumptions, covert beliefs or ideological interests.
If an unfamiliar or inexplicable phenomenon happens to be considered
true and/or useful by a nonwestern or other traditional society, you
may therefore dismiss it out of hand as "ignorant
misconception," "medieval superstition" or "fairy lore."
Label any poorly-understood
phenomenon "occult," "paranormal," "metaphysical," "mystical"
or "supernatural." This will get most mainstream scientists off the
case immediately on purely emotional grounds. If you're lucky, this
may delay any responsible investigation of such phenomena by decades
or even centuries!
Ask questions that appear to contain generally-assumed knowledge
that supports your views; for example, "why do no police officers,
military pilots, air traffic controllers or psychiatrists report
UFOs?" (If someone points out that they do, insist that those who do
must be mentally unstable.)
Ask unanswerable questions based on arbitrary criteria of proof. For
example, "if this claim were true, why haven't we seen it on TV?"
or "in this or that scientific journal?" Never forget the mother of
all such questions: "If UFOs are extraterrestrial, why haven't they
landed on the White House lawn?"
Remember that you can easily appear to refute anyone's claims by
building "straw men" to demolish. One way to do this is to misquote
them while preserving that convincing grain of truth; for example,
by acting as if they have intended the extreme of any position
they've taken. Another effective strategy with a long history of
success is simply to misreplicate their experiments--or to avoid
replicating them at all on grounds that to do so would be ridiculous
or fruitless. To make the whole process even easier, respond not to
their actual claims but to their claims as reported by the media, or
as propagated in popular myth.
Insist that such-and-such unorthodox claim is not scientifically
testable because no self-respecting grantmaking organization would
fund such ridiculous tests.
Be selective. For example, if an unorthodox healing method has
failed to reverse a case of terminal illness you may deem it
worthless, while taking care to avoid mentioning any of the
shortcomings of conventional medicine.
Hold claimants responsible for the production values and editorial
policies of any media or press that reports their claim. If an
unusual or inexplicable event is reported in a sensationalized
manner, hold this as proof that the event itself must have been
without substance or worth.
When a witness or claimant states something in a manner that is
scientifically imperfect, treat this as if it were not scientific at
all. If the claimant is not a credentialed scientist, argue that his
or her perceptions cannot possibly be objective.
If you're unable to attack the facts of the case, attack the
participants--or the journalists who reported the case. Ad-hominem
arguments, or personality attacks, are among the most powerful ways
of swaying the public and avoiding the issue. For example, if
investigators of the unorthodox have profited financially from
activities connected with their research, accuse them of "profiting
financially from activities connected with their research!" If their
research, publishing, speaking tours and so forth, constitute their
normal line of work or sole means of support, hold that fact
as "conclusive proof that income is being realized from such
activities!" If they have labored to achieve public recognition for
their work, you may safely characterize them as "publicity seekers."
Fabricate supportive expertise as needed by quoting the opinions of
those in fields popularly assumed to include the necessary
knowledge. Astronomers, for example, may be trotted out as experts
on the UFO question, although course credits in ufology have never
been a prerequisite for a degree in astronomy.
Fabricate confessions. If a phenomenon stubbornly refuses to go
away, set up a couple of colorful old geezers to claim they hoaxed
it. The press and the public will always tend to view confessions as
sincerely motivated, and will promptly abandon their critical
faculties. After all, nobody wants to appear to lack compassion for
self-confessed sinners.
Fabricate sources of disinformation. Claim that you've "found the
person who started the rumor that such a phenomenon exists!"
Fabricate entire research projects. Declare that "these claims have
been thoroughly discredited by the top experts in the field!" Do
this whether or not such experts have ever actually studied the
claims, or, for that matter, even exist.







PART 2: DEBUNKING THE UFO
Point out that an "unidentified" flying object is just that, and
cannot be automatically assumed to be extraterrestrial. Do this
whether or not anyone involved *has* assumed it to be
extraterrestrial.
Equate nature's laws with our current understanding of nature's
laws. Then label all concepts such as antigravity or
interdimensional mobility as mere flights of fancy "because
obviously they would violate nature's laws." Then if a UFO is
reported to have hovered silently, made right-angle turns at
supersonic speeds or appeared and disappeared instantly, you may
summarily dismiss the report.
Declare that there is no proof that life can exist in outer space.
Since most people still behave as if the Earth were the center of
the universe, you may safely ignore the fact that Earth, which is
already in outer space, has abundant life.
Point out that the government-sponsored SETI program assumes in
advance that extraterrestrial intelligence can only exist light-
years away from Earth. Equate this a-priori assumption with
conclusive proof; then insist that this invalidates all terrestrial
reports of ET contact.
When someone produces purported physical evidence of alien
technology, point out that no analysis can prove that its origin was
extraterrestrial; after all, it might be the product of some
perfectly ordinary, ultra-secret underground government lab. The
only exception would be evidence obtained from a landing on the
White House lawn-the sole circumstance universally agreed upon by
generations of skeptics as conclusively certifying extraterrestrial
origin!
If photographs or other visual media depicting a UFO have been
presented, argue that since images can now be digitally manipulated
they prove nothing. Assert this regardless of the vintage of the
material or the circumstances of its acquisition. Insist that the
better the quality of a UFO photo, the greater the likelihood of
fraud. Photos that have passed every known test may therefore be
held to be the most perfectly fraudulent of all!
If you can't otherwise destroy the credibility of a UFO photo, plant
a small model of the alleged craft near the photographer's home
where it can be conveniently discovered and whisked off to the local
media. The model need not resemble the original too closely; as long
as the press says it's a dead ringer nobody will question the
implication of fraud.
Argue that all reports of humanoid extraterrestrials must be bogus
because the evolution of the humanoid form on Earth is the result of
an infinite number of accidents in a genetically isolated
environment. Avoid addressing the logical proposition that if
interstellar visitations have occurred, Earth cannot be considered
genetically isolated in the first place.
Argue that extraterrestrials would or wouldn't, should or shouldn't,
can or can't behave in certain ways because such behavior would or
wouldn't be logical. Base your notions of logic on how terrestrials
would or wouldn't behave. Since terrestrials behave in all kinds of
ways you can theorize whatever kind of behavior suits your
arguments.
Stereotype contact claims according to simplistic scenarios already
well established in the collective imagination. If a reported ET
contact appears to have had no negative consequences, sarcastically
accuse the claimant of believing devoutly that "benevolent ETs have
come to magically save us from destroying ourselves!" If someone
claims to have been traumatized by an alien contact, brush it aside
as "a classic case of hysteria." If contactees stress the essential
humanness and limitations of certain ETs they claim to have met,
ask "why haven't these omnipotent beings offered to solve all our
problems for us?"
Ask why alleged contactees and abductees haven't received alien
infections. Reject as "preposterous" all medical evidence suggesting
that such may in fact have occurred. Categorize as "pure science-
fiction" the notion that alien understandings of immunology might be
in advance of our own, or that sufficiently alien microorganisms
might be limited in their ability to interact with our biological
systems.





Above all, dismiss anything that might result in an actual
investigation of the matter.

Travel to China. Upon your return, report that "nobody there told me
they had seen any UFOs." Insist that this proves that no UFOs are
reported outside countries whose populations are overexposed to
science fiction.
Where hypnotic regression has yielded consistent contactee testimony
in widespread and completely independent cases, argue that hypnosis
is probably unreliable, and is always worthless in the hands of non-
credentialed practitioners. Be sure to add that the subjects must
have been steeped in the UFO literature, and that, whatever their
credentials, the hypnotists involved must have been asking leading
questions.
If someone claims to have been emotionally impacted by a contact
experience, point out that strong emotions can alter perceptions.
Therefore, the claimant's recollections must be entirely
untrustworthy.
Maintain that there cannot possibly be a government UFO coverup, but
that it exists for legitimate reasons of national security!
Accuse conspiracy theorists of being conspiracy theorists and of
believing in conspiracies! Insist that only *accidentalist* theories
can possibly account for repeated, organized patterns of
suppression, denial and disinformational activity.
Argue that since theoretically there can be no press censorship in
the United States, there is no press censorship in the United
States.

In the event of a worst-case scenario--for example, one in which the
UFO is suddenly acknowledged as a global mystery of millennial
proportions--just remember that the public has a short memory.
Simply say dismissively, "Well, everyone knows this is a
monumentally significant issue. As a matter of fact, my colleagues
and I have been remarking on it for years!"



Daniel Drasin is a media producer, writer, musician and award-
winning cinematographer with a passionate interest in the field of
New Science. He lives in the San Francisco Bay Area and chases
flying saucers in his spare time.

Source: http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-36.htm

Exopolitical Comment # 36 - Further Investigations of Charles Hall
and Tall Whites at Nellis Air Force Base: The David Coote Interviews

This is to announce the results of a continuing investigation of
Charles Hall's testimony described in his three volume memoirs,
Millennial Hospitality where he recounts his service on Nellis Air
Force base where he met and interacted with Tall White
extraterrestrials who had reached agreements with the US Air Force
to establish a secret base at Indian Springs, Nevada. The field
investigator is David Coote, an airline pilot who, along with Paola
Harris, was responsible for initially making the Charles Hall case
known to the wider UFO community. David has investigated the
testimony of Charles Hall by tracking down and interviewing three
individuals described in the book series. The purpose of the
investigation was to find corroborating evidence that Charles Hall
did serve as a weatherman at Indian Springs; that incidents
described in Millennial Hospitality are accurate; whether there were
sightings of UFOs/extraterrestrials at the Indian Springs ranges;
and any personal recollections about Charles Hall that would help
determine his credibility. David is collaborating with the author
and other researchers in ascertaining the veracity of Charles Hall's
testimony by interviewing independent witnesses, finding documentary
evidence; and distributing the results of these investigations to
the wider UFO/Exopolitics research community. For a range of
articles and links related to Charles Hall and the 'Tall Whites'
please visit: http://www.exopolitics.org/charles-hall.htm .

David was able track down and interview three of the military
personnel described in the Millennial Hospitality series. What
follows are the key points from the interview(s) David conducted
with each of the three personnel, along with David's and my own
final reflections on the significance of this further evidence
supporting the Charles Hall case. The names used in the Millennial
Hospitality books are pseudonyms and I will use the three witness
designations used by David in his interview in order to maintain
confidentiality of the three former military colleagues of Charles
Hall. I thank David Coote and Charles Hall for permission to share
this information with the general public. I also thank Paola Harris
for facilitating communications between Charles Hall, David and
different researchers. I also thank Dr Robert M. Wood for his
helpful comments that assisted me revising an earlier draft of this
article

Finally, a significant piece of documentary evidence that has
emerged is a newspaper clipping concerning the building of a very
large accommodation facility at Indian Springs in 1951 was kindly
supplied by Dr Wood. The January 5, 1951 story from the Las Vegas
Review Journal describes 300 million dollars spent in 1951 to fund
the facility and that it was not connected with the atomic program.
The funding of this very large facility may be what was described in
the Millennial Hospitality book series as the 'large hangar base'
built to accommodate the tall whites and their ships by the USAF in
the 1950s. The newspaper clipping is available online at:
www.exopolitics.org/indiansprings-project.htm

David Coote Interviews Three Military Witnesses to Events on Indian
Springs
In an email to the author on July 24, 2005, David described his
attempts "to find corroborating testimony from any witnesses to
Charles Hall's story." David explains that his attempts "met with
some success after he was able to track down three individuals who
were stationed with Charles at Indian Springs Auxiliary Field during
the same period in the sixties." David further states that "in
keeping with Charles' original desire to keep these individuals'
identities protected (as he did in his books) we shall refer to them
as witness 'A' from Michigan, witness 'B' from Pennsylvania, and
witness 'C' from Ohio."

David says that the testimony of the three witnesses, though not
conclusive "is yet significant in cementing Hall's story in several
ways." David states: "all three witnesses were also utilized as
weather observers as Charles had been. They remembered Charles, and
confirmed his presence and job as Charles had described. They also
recalled everyday, mundane events, and described the place just as
Charlie had written in his books. They also remembered some of the
other names that Charlie had mentioned." Another significant point
is that none of the witnesses had read any Charles Hall's books.
Witness B, however, had heard an interview of Charles Hall on Coast
to Coast radio and passed on this information to witness C.

Witness 'A' was a weather station observer for the USAF (Det. 31/
25th Wx Sqdn - USAF MAC unit) and was also an ex-civilian policeman.
David asked questions about how well Witness A knew Charles Hall.
Witness A answered: "I knew him very well." "Really nice guy - real
sweet - hard not to like Charlie." "He was one of those really smart
guys...chemistry major or something." "I taught him how to play
chess and he knocked me off the Base tournament one time...very
intelligent."

David then asked about significant events mentioned in Hall's books
especially those concerning anomalous occurrences and an incident
involving Witness A: "They [other base personnel] used to come up
with this story of 'Range Four Harry'...he was some kind of wild,
radioactive horse..." also ..."Charlie remembered that? [regarding
an incident where witness 'A' broke a tie-rod in a truck out on the
ranges] ...well I'll be damned...yeah I did that."

Witness 'B' is presently 62 years old with a degree in electronics.
David again asked about the witness's recollection of Charles Hall
and incidents described in Millennial Hospitality. Witness B
said: "Charlie was a particularly bright character...more
studious...more reserved... Didn't talk much about it...we heard
rumors constantly [about what went on out on the ranges]...'Range
Four Harry' etc .. Charlie was so serious about it. But he didn't
really want to talk about it...I felt he didn't know who he could
trust. ...there were rumors about people getting transferred...if
you say too much about this stuff then you might find yourself where
you didn't want to be. ...Charlie spent more time out there [on the
ranges] than the rest of us. ...I believe in him...that he was
dealing with something out there. ... I never felt I was alone when
I was out there. ... It was a very secure area. "

David explains how at one stage he [witness 'B'] had been told from
another individual that the Air Police never responded to calls out
on the ranges because "...they were afraid." David also noted that
witness 'B' stated that witness 'C' … "is a very sincere person."

Witness 'C' ("Pushing sixty" - combat veteran, Retired). David again
asked how well he knew knew Charles Hall and about any significant
events on the ranges and got the following responses: "Yes I knew
Charlie...I relieved Charlie when he left Indian Springs...It was an
eerie place...Only knew Charlie a week...he wanted to talk to me
about Einstein's theory of relativity.

David notes that when witness 'C' first got to serve on Indian
Springs he was told "to be observant of UFO's". Witness C further
explained: "...I did feel many times my life was in danger. I'd call
the aerodrome officer at Nellis AFB whenever I had suspicious
occurrences and they would never confirm any aircraft in the
area. ...a lot of the time I knew I wasn't alone out there; whatever
these forces were they were hostile to me because I had a hostile
intent towards them." David explained that Witness C admitted he
had "always been a 'fight first' type of personality".

David explained how witness C "felt threatened by certain events
that had taken place although he never saw the 'culprits'. There
were occasions when "they" would shut the generators off; once, both
at the same time...also switched the light switch off in the truck
when he had left it running outside in the dark." David also pointed
out that "Witness 'C' stated he had seen unexplained lights out
there, both on the ground and in the air. David then explained more
about what led to Witness C abandoning his duties at the weather
station:

"About the time he'd "finally had enough" an incident occurred, when
he sensed company and where an "orderly" pile of large 'target
posts' (approx 10" by 10" by 15 foot) had been strewn about just
outside his range shack one night. He just jumped in his truck and
drove back to Base. He told his First Sergeant that he didn't want
to go out there again, that: "I've performed my duties to the best
of my ability, and I don't care if you put me in the brig." "I
recommended that they pull the weather station from the ranges and
put it at the radar site on Nellis for security and other
reasons...and that's what they did."

Witness C also explained to David: "It was Charlie who...had
mentioned to me certain areas not to go...where his [Charlie's]
truck had been 'shut-down'...and other areas where he had had
daylight sightings of 'dirigibles.' ...these things were never
talked about officially. We would only mention occurrences 'one on
one.' ...The only thing that was ever officially said was that the
First Sergeant told me that under no conditions was I to ever put a
UFO report on the comments or remarks section of the [weather
observer report ] ...an official Air Force document...I'm guessing
that apparently there had been a problem in the past."

Conclusions
The results of the interviews with corroborating witnesses offer
evidentiary support for Charles Hall and several of the incidents
described in his books. First, they confirm that Charles did serve
as a weatherman and that he did perform his duties in an isolated
and frightening environment. Witness B confirmed that Charlie often
served alone out on the weather ranges; and even the Air Police were
too frightened to go out on the ranges. This is conistent with
Hall's description of the high level of anxiety experienced by
servicemen over the unexplainable events on the weather ranges.

Second, Witness C's testimony that he was strictly instructed not to
record UFO sightings on his daily logs offers support for Charles
Hall contention that the Tall Whites frequently flew their ships in
the area of Indian Springs. Witness C recalled that Hall had told
him about 'dirigibles' he had seen in the sky which confirms that
Hall had told others about his UFO sightings during his service at
Nellis Air Force base. Hall describes in his books numerous
instances where he could monitor the large interstellar ships
entering and leaving their secret base through the theodolite he
used for tracking weather balloons.

Third, witness C confirms that as a result of the 'high strangeness'
at the weather station, he had fully abandoned doing any further
service out on station despite possible punishment by his military
superiors. This offers support for Charles Hall testimony that many
preceding and subsequent servicemen had to abandon their duties due
to intimidation from and fear of the Tall Whites. This combined by
Witness B's recollection of the fear of the Air Police to travel out
to the weather station suggests that the Air Force did not brief the
servicemen about any extraterrestrials thereby helping explain
the 'high strangeness' and fear by many of the servicemen who served
at Indian Springs.

Fourth, witnesses A and B confirmed that the existence of urban
legends such as "Range Four Harry" as a radioactive horse which Hall
recounts as an inaccurate description of the Tall Whites when in
their protective suits. According to David, "Hall's explanation was
that 'Harry' was a Tall White guard who spent a lot of time on Range
4, whereas the 'Radioactive horse' was how a group of Tall Whites
would appear at night as they transited the ranges as a close-knit
group in their luminous, protective suits."

None of the three witnesses could confirm having directly seen
either an extraterrestrial or a UFO while serving with Charles Hall
at Nellis AFB. This may be result of the psychological impact of
unbriefed servicemen encountering UFOs/ETs in an isolated
environment. Certainly the strong reaction from Witness C in terms
of abandoning his duties regardless of punishment suggests such a
psychological impact was evident. If this is what occured, then
further interviews and perhaps hypnotic regression may elicit
further recollections that may confirm the existence of ETs/UFOs
that Charles claimed to witness when based at Nellis Air Force Base.
Unfortunately, the witnesses have indicated a desire to maintain
anonymity, and do not appear overly eager to participant in further
interviews thereby precluding for the moment this kind of follow up.

The newspaper clipping supplied by Dr Wood offers documentary
evidence that a classified project was being conducted at Indian
Springs that may have been intended for the Tall White
extraterrestrials discussed in the Millennial Hospitality series.
The construction of a large hangar facility for interstellar Tall
White ships and accomodation for the Tall Whites in a secure
mountain location presumably would have required a large outlay of
capital. The 300 million dollars spent in 1951 according to the
American Institute for Economic Research converts in 2005 terms as
2.2 billion dollars (see http://www.aier.org/colcalc.html ). Given
the lack of surface constructions at Indian Springs that would
explain where these 'accomodation' facilities were constructed, it's
likely that these were underground and/or constructed inside the
mountains located at Indian Springs.

The conclusion of these further investigations by David Coote is
that Charles Hall testimony has been corroborated in the following
ways: Charles Hall served in the isolated environment of the Indian
Springs bombing ranges; there was a degree of 'high strangeness'
with the things happening at Indian Springs; the legend of 'Range
Four Harry' was known to other servicemen; and that UFO's were known
to senior miltiary personnel who instructed subordinates not to
record UFO's in official Air Force logs.

While there has not been direct confirmation of Charles Hall
testimony of the 'Tall White' ETs and UFOs, the investigations do
not negate any of the testimony provided by Charles Hall. In
contrast, the independent testimonies of three other servicemen who
served at Indian Springs and the remote weather ranges confirm many
aspects of Hall's narration of events at the isolated and secure
facililty. Therefore, the credibility of Charles Hall as
a 'whistleblower' describing events occuring in a classified project
at the Indian Springs facility at Nellis AFB during 1965-67 is
strengthened. The 1951 Las Vegas Review Journal story also lends
support to Charles Hall claims about a large underground facility
constructed in the mountains located at Indian Springs specifically
for the use of Tall White personnel and their interstellar vehicles.

Investigations conducted to corroborate Charles Hall testimony so
far indicate that Charles has stuck closely to the actual events and
personnel described in his series of books. The three witness
testimonies and the Las Vegas Review journal all offer independent
confirmation for various aspects of Hall's testimony. This provides
independent evidence that Charles Hall's claims about the Tall
Whites being based on a secure and isolated military facility on
Nellis Air Force base are worth serious consideration by researchers
into the UFO phenomenon and exopolitics.


© Michael E. Salla, PhD
August 8, 2005
http://www.exopolitics.org
drsalla@...


Forward as you wish. Permission is granted to circulate among
private individuals and groups, post on all Internet sites and
publish in full in all not-for-profit publications. Contact author
for all other rights, which are reserved.

Aloha, I'm very pleased to report the August 15 lecture by Jean
Ederman (aka Eric Julien) sponsored by the Exopolitics Institute
went ahead successfully. With approximately 35 participants in a
room overlooking the Pacific Ocean at the Sheraton Keahou Ocean Bay
Resort, we all heard Jean's first hand account of the information he
has gained through numerous extraterrestrial experiences including
the well known "Change the World" message that first brought Jean to
public prominence. The lecture together with the opening ceremony
for the Institute lasted just under three hours and established a
firm foundation for future Institute events in Hawaii involving
speakers with significant extraterrestrial contact experiences or
information. A important goal for those who attended is to turn
Hawaii into a hub for sharing and integrating extraterrestrial
information so Jean's lecture was important step for the Institute
and those attending. The event was captured on video and a DVD will
soon be available. A detailed report will be written up of what
transpired at the event, and of the information shared from Jean's
extraterrestrial contact experiences. So for now I will give just a
brief overview of what transpired and my reflections on Jean's
credibility as an author and public speaker.

Jean's recent book "La Science des Extraterrestres (an English
translation is underway) was a result of an increasing number of
experiences he has had with extraterrestrials since his first UFO
sighting in 1977, and culminated with information that he began to
receive in 2002 after further UFO sightings and communications with
extraterrestrials. Since Jean gave up a well paid position as a
Senior Airport Manager in France and has taken an indefinite break
from the Aviation Industry, these experiences and communications
were obviously very transformative for Jean. I think it important to
emphasize that Jean was a professional in the Aviation Industry and
has given up a secure and well paid career to relate to the general
public what has transpired in terms of his own direct experiences.
This is important to point out since Jean's experiences and
information is paradigm shifting and it can be anticipated that
there will be many skeptical responses questioning his motivations
and integrity. This has already occurred in France with intense
debate over Jean's experiences and information. It can be expected
that the same will occur in the English speaking world as he becomes
more prominent in sharing his information and experiences.

After having Jean as a guest in my home for almost two weeks and
watching Jean's preparation for the lecture, listening to his
explanations of his information and experiences, and watching his
interactions with others, I have to conclude that he is motivated by
the very highest principles; has great integrity and detailed
attention to accurately describing his information and experiences.
He exhibits the qualities one might expect of an individual with
significant extraterrestrial experiences and wanting to share this
with the interested public. He certainly needs to be taken seriously
because of his excellent ability to conceptualize the information he
claims to have received from extraterrestrials and his professional
aviation background.

Jean also explained in his lecture the events surrounding his
mysterious disappearance on March 12, 2004. Essentially, he claims
that a blue race of extraterrestrials from the system of Lyra
physically took him off planet and exposed him to life on different
worlds, as well as sharing extraterrestrial information. Jean claims
that this took about 10 days in the time stream of the
extraterrestrials, but only three hours in Earth time. Jean used the
metaphor of dreams and waking reality to explain how different time
streams work where such discrepancies might occur. A dream literally
takes only a few minutes in standard time but in the dream one may
experience quite an extended period. Jean explains how these
different time streams operate in terms of the concept of "time
density" . Jean offers no corroborating hard evidence to support his
claim of having been taken off planet by extraterrestrials, so we
need to look at 'soft evidence' in terms of his subsequent behavior
and credibility.

The experiences from his "10 day encounter" were so intense that in
seven months he wrote a very impressive technical book of over 400
pages that goes into great detail into his theory of time density
and the science of extraterrestrials. The book goes significantly
beyond Jean's earlier articles beginning in 2002 that explained how
extraterrestrials manipulate time that he learned through his
claimed communications with extraterrestrials. The speedy completion
and eventual publication of the book in July 2005 is a sign of the
transformative nature of Jean's experience and how it impacted on
his life. From my own experience as an author, I can confirm that
writing a full length book and having it accepted for publication in
seven months is a remarkable achievement. Since Jean offers no
definitive proof for his extraterrestrial contact in March 2004, the
strongest evidence to back his claim is his book. The book's
detailed descriptions and illustrations will obviously need to have
expert analysis since the educated layperson will not fail to be
impressed by the detailed information in it. The response so far
from a tenured French Professor of Mathematics who conducted a
detailed analysis of Jean's book after being a former prominent
critic is very encouraging. This suggests that experts will find
much merit in his theories once they commit themselves to analyzing
it. While favorable expert analysis of Jean's book will not prove
that Jean gained this information from extraterrestrials, it will
nevertheless be 'soft evidence' to support his claims.

In the lecture Jean impressed the audience with how
extraterrestrials can manipulate these different time streams in
order to maneuver through space/time and to accumulate information.
He explained how the storage of information is directly relevant to
the 'time density' occupied by beings and that the time density
occupied by humanity loses much of the information available to
higher time densities.

Obviously, there is a need to substantiate Jean's claims above
subjective factors such as integrity, sincerity and consistency all
of which Jean possess in abundance. His book is an important means
of testing the coherence and scientific merit of Jean's claims but
this will at best qualify as soft evidence in support of Jean. As
far as 'hard evidence' is concerned, Jean has observed a physical
abnormality near his left ear that he believes is a 'physical
implant' by the "blue ET race" he was visited by. Upon examination,
one medical expert concluded that it was a cyst, but the expert
could not explain how the "cyst" had moved over a period of several
months as Jean was able to show by photographs. A cursory physical
inspection of the abnormality is suggestive of something that could
either be an implant as Jean believes or a cyst. Further
investigation will be necessary here.

The search for evidence to substantiate Jean's experiences will
obviously be important for those such as myself actively
investigating Jean's case and seeking to analyze the exopolitical
significance of his information. Jean's information is paradigm
shifting since not only does he explain the science of
extraterrestrials, but also relates the different motivations of
extraterrestrials and how they interact with humanity. Jean is
presently focusing his energy on disseminating the information in
his book, and plans to elaborate further on his physical encounters
with his next book which is currently being written. I think his
first book does much to enhance his credibility as an author with
information that will spark much intellectual debate among experts
in the esoteric field of 'time density' research which is actively
being studied by a number of experts around the world. Obviously,
Jean's claimed physical contact experiences will generate heated
debate. Nevertheless, we can safely analyze Jean's contacts based on
the available 'soft evidence' which while not conclusive, does
support the veracity of his claims.

An interview with Jean appears on Dolphinville Radio at:
http://www.dolphinville.com/radio/

More information about Jean's background, credentials, articles,
etc., are available at:
http://www.exopoliticsinstitute.org/EricJulien.htm

Information about expert research on time is available at:
http://www.chronos.msu.ru/

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopoliticsinstitute.org

Aloha, I want to take this opportunity to inform everyone of my
forthcoming Fall ONLINE COURSES in EXOPOLITICS that start in the week
of Sept 5 - "Citizen Diplomacy with Extraterrestrials" and "Political
Management of the Extraterrestrial Presence"

The following 14 week online courses will greatly benefit those
participating in or contemplating citizen diplomacy with
extraterrestrials, and will assist intending participants in
developing a firm background knowledge of extraterrestrial affairs and
how this has been managed.

Citizen Diplomacy with Extraterrestrials (Sept 7 - Dec 14, 2005).
This course examines the key principles of 'Galactic Diplomacy' at
both the official and unofficial levels aimed at establishing
contact, communications and agreements with different
extraterrestrial races. In particular, the course examines 'citizen'
or track two Galactic Diplomacy, and analyses the nature of
diplomatic representation on Earth that might be recognized by
various extraterrestrial races. The course examines the need
for 'citizen diplomacy; as a means of complementing official
diplomatic relations between major nations and extraterrestrial
races.

Political Management of the Extraterrestrial Presence (Sept 5- Dec 12)
This course examines how the extraterrestrial presence has been
politically managed by major world governments since the early 1930's.
The course begins by examining the foundations for the US and global
management system from key political and global events concerning the
presence of extraterrestrial visitors. The erosion of executive
authority from the time of the Truman administration as a byproduct of
the formation of a secret committee system to manage extraterrestrial
affairs will also be examined. The way in which global cooperation has
been institutionally supported to manage extraterrestrial affairs will
also be analyzed. Finally, the course will focus on the contemporary
management system set in place to deal with extraterrestrial affairs.
This course will provided detailed study of a number of Majestic
Documents leaked to the general public and available at:
www.majesticdocuments.com.

COMMENTS FROM SOME PARTICIPANTS OF FALL SEMESTER COURSES:
This course is a must for anybody who thinks to discuss our
FUTURE. . . Thank you for a good course & I am looking forward for
the one
starting Jan 26th 2005. (Claire St-Onge, 2004)

I am proud to say that I am one of the Exopolitics students. . . I
am an Experiencer and this course helped to clarify some issues and
my
own perspective. (Bob Collee, 2004)

"I have found the class exciting--exo-citing-- and hope to continue
my studies in exopolitics. It has been such a relief to be
communicating
with people who know what we know. . . (Mary C., 2004)

I just finished taking Michael's fall class Exopolitics 101 -
Introduction to Exopolitics, and wanted to highly recommend it to
anyone who was thinking about taking one of his classes. He brings a
clarity and organization to the material presented that is difficult
to get just by reading books and internet sites. . . I feel
different now, as my awareness has expanded on the whole ET subject.
Michael, you bring a very realistic and structured approach to the
subject. I want to thank you for increasing my education and
critical thinking. Please continue in your pursuit of the truth.
You are very much needed. . . (Jackie, 2004)

For registration and further information go to:
http://www.exopolitics.org/Courses.htm

Finally, I believe that those who thoroughly familiarize with the
various issues concerning exopolitics and 'galactic diplomacy'
through courses similar to those I'm conducting, will
be best placed to deal with the challenges that lie ahead as we move
into an era of open disclosure of visiting extraterrestrial races.

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

Aloha all, I have just finished another exopolitical commentary on the Dan
Burisch case. A book on Dan Burisch and "Project Aquarius" will soon be released
so we can all expect to hear more about this fascinating case. I wrote this
paper in response to a recent affidavit signed by Dan Burisch that was sent to
the Canadian Federal Court. This was an extraordinary development given the
contents of the affidavit and what was being discussed in the asylum case before
the Canadian court. I think there are powerful forces behind the Burisch case
desiring to promote extraterrestrial disclosure but with a particular spin made
possible by Burisch's revelations.

Enjoy

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

****

Source: http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-37.htm

Exopolitical Comment # 37 - The Dan Burisch Affidavit and
Extraterrestrial Disclosure

     On April 11, 2005, an affidavit was submitted to the Canadian
Federal Court on behalf of an asylum application by Don Deppeller
concerning harassment over his investigations of 'whistleblower'
claims made by Dr Dan Burisch. The affidavit was publicly signed by
Dan Burisch and photographed where both Burisch and the affidavit can
be viewed online at:
http://www.tonicvision.tv/burisch/affidavit_p1.html. In the affidavit,
Burisch has confirmed many of the allegations made by Deppeller that
he was placed under surveillance in the United States as a result of
his activities to verify the details of the Dan Burisch story.
Consequently, Deppeller felt compelled to leave the U.S. and seek
asylum in Canada in early 2003. The affidavit is significant since
Burisch for the first time has testified in a legal process over his
alleged involvement in a number of classified projects. This gives
support to earlier interviews involving Burisch where he allegedly was
prepared to testify before Congress on the nature of his classified
activities, see
http://www.greaterthings.com/News/ET/DanBurisch/PR040407/index.html .
In an interview on the Jeff Rense show on April 14, 2005, Deppeller
outlined the nature of his investigations of the Burisch saga and why
he initiated an asylum application in Canada, see http://www.rense.com.

     Dan Burisch claims to be a microbiologist who worked on a number
of highly classified projects including one that presumably provides a
means for creating life - Project Lotus. Burisch allegedly interacted
with an extraterrestrial called J-Rod and as a consequence has been
able to pioneer some breakthroughs into a mysterious molecule called
the Ganesh particle that provides the solution to how to generate
life. As a result of his highly classified work in Project Lotus and
other projects, Burisch has allegedly become privy to how a variety of
secret committees operate to control extraterrestrial affairs. The two
main committees are the MJ-12 committee originally formed to deal with
the extraterrestrial phenomenon; and an international committee called
the Committee of the Majority formed in the 1960s as result of
international efforts led by the Soviet Union to more widely
disseminate extraterrestrial technologies to the international
community. For an article summarizing the Burisch see:
http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-12.htm .

     What makes the Burisch Affidavit, and his case more generally,
absorbing for many of those investigating his claims is the
perspective that Burisch is allegedly aware of an Extinction Level
Event (ELE) coming towards the Earth in the 2012 time frame. In the
affidavit he states: "some implications of these projects … are of
such a grave nature that, were the general world human population to
know the entirety of the information contained within them, the
resultant reactions of portions of the present human population may
vary from "no reaction" to potential 'panic'."
http://www.rense.com/general64/acce.htm . This event which threatens
to kill off 90% of the human population is apparently the driving
rationale for why disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence and
associated information has not occurred.

     According to an interview Burisch had with long time UFO
researcher, Bill Hamilton, this ELE is associated with some kind of
"convergent time line paradox" where humanity splits in two after the
ELE, and from this two groups of extraterrestrials are involved. One
is the 'Zeta Reticulums' or 'J-Rods' who are physically degenerated
humans from the future. The other are Nordic looking humans from Orion
who are the descendents of humans able to survive the ELE in the
future (see
http://greaterthings.com/News/ET/DanBurisch/Oct18_2004BillHamilton/).
In the affidavit, Burisch states that there has been a treaty signed
between the clandestine government authorities and the
extraterrestrials in order to fully deal with the consequences of the
forthcoming ELE event that generates two separate branches of humanity
in the future:

         "You have also been a party during the negotiations of a
treaty known as the "Tau-9 Conference for the Preservation of
Humanity", between present human authorities and certain individuals
representing themselves as extraterrestrial peoples, with their origin
alleged to you as the star constellations "Reticulum" and "Orion." You
have had physical interaction with at least one such extraterrestrial."

     Burisch and Deppeller describe the Nordics as benevolent and very
spiritual which is very consistent with the many 'contactee reports'
that began in the 1950's (see
http://www.geocities.com/Area51/Shadowlands/6583/et031.html ). In
contrast the Reticulums/J-Rods have two factions. One is friendly to
humanity and wishes to assist in coming up with solutions to the
forthcoming 2012 ELE. The other is unfriendly and is seeking to take
whatever advantage it can be performing widespread abductions and
genetic engineering with human population up to 2012. So these three
extraterrestrials factions are presumably interacting with humanity
and the 'controllers' of extraterrestrial information, MJ-12 in ways
which reflect different agendas and priorities.

     Burisch claims in his affidavit to have worked directly with
MJ-12: "You [Burisch] have been formally associated with the group
known as Majestic 12, since 1986, were formally dissociated from the
public on June 8, 2004 (then at the instruction of Majestic 12), and
were professionally dissociated from Majestic 12, albeit under
emeritus status, on March 21, 2005…"

     According to Burisch and insiders sympathetic to his efforts to
release information, the MJ-12 committee is split on the issue of
disclosure. The larger international committee, the Committee of the
Majority has apparently been dissolved as a result of conflict between
MJ-12 and the larger financial and cultural interests that make up the
Committee of the Majority known more generally as the Illuminati.

     So what we have then from the Burisch affidavit and other material
is a very complex story involving two factions of human controllers
(MJ-12 and the Illuminati) and three factions of extraterrestrials
(J-Rods [friendly and unfriendly] and Nordic Orions. This means that
events leading up to the ELE in 2012 is a five tiered conflict between
actors with different agendas and activities in their interactions
with one another, the human population and secret control groups.
Apparently, the very future of human life is at stake and supporters
of the Burisch material, such as Deppeller advocate preparing for a
possible catastrophic event that wipes out 90% of the population.

     In the Deppeller interview, Jeff Rense suggests that secret
preparation for an ELE is the only thing that can explain the
illogical policies of secret controllers (MJ-12 and Committee of the
Majority/Illuminati) that are systematically exploiting, abusing and
mishandling the global environment and planetary resources. The logic
Rense suggests from observing global events, and fully supported by
Deppeller's research into the Burisch affair, is that an ELE is highly
likely from the perspective of the controllers. Consequently,
disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence needs to be done in a way
that doesn't panic the global population over the likelihood of an ELE
in 2012 which has led to the controllers putting in place a process
for ensuring continuity of government and survival of the human race.

     Analysis of the Burisch Affair
     The first point to be considered in analyzing the Burisch material
is firstly how accurate is it and is Dan Burisch genuinely a
whistleblower? There is considerable controversy over the Burisch
material with some claiming it to be hoax and Burisch little more than
a liar (see: http://www.ufowatchdog.com/burischdirtbag.html ). On the
other hand, researchers such as Bill Hamilton, Ron Garner and earlier
Linda Moulton Howe, conducted extensive examinations of all the
material and found the Burisch case to be credible. The most
exhaustive research has been conducted by Hamilton who is the author
of a forthcoming book that provides documentation supporting Burisch's
testimony and credentials (see
http://www.astrosciences.info/Aquarius.htm ).

     Burisch's behavior does not indicate any intention to deceive
others or to profit in some way from his alleged activities in
classified projects. Burisch's affidavit clearly outlines the main
aspects of his former classified activities and makes it considerably
easier for researchers to consider his case serious enough to
investigate. Furthermore, the affidavit clearly points out that
Burisch is prepared to sign legal documents that attest to the
veracity of his claims and risk perjury for fabricating his testimony.
This definitely helps establish Burisch's credibility as a
whistleblower over classified projects involving EBE's.

     Discrepancies in Burisch's claims and available documentary
material are allegedly due to the ability of the 'controllers' of all
extraterrestrial related information to manipulate secrecy by
withdrawing, destroying or manipulating public records such as
university degrees. Burisch claims that this occurred in his case. The
has allegedly also occurred with other whistleblowers such as Clifford
Stone, Bob Lazar and Michael Wolf. I have written an article on how
this is very plausible due to control system put in place to deal with
possible whistleblowers or unauthorized leaks of classified
information on extraterrestrials (see:
http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-32.htm ). While there will
continue to be controversy over whether Burisch is genuinely a
microbiologist with a PhD who previously worked on one or more
classified projects, there is in my view credible evidence discovered
by Hamilton, Garner and Howe to support his testimony as genuine and
not fabricated.

     The Burisch affidavit helps considerably in supporting the
seriousness of Burisch's claims and the merit in of a rigorous
investigation of these. Henceforth, I will accept the evidence
provided by Bill Hamilton, Ron Garner, and others, and accept that
Burisch is a credible whistleblower.

     The second point to consider is the accuracy of the information
relayed by Burisch as a result of his participation in Project Lotus
and other classified projects. Burisch has been communicating with a
number of researchers and members of the general public since his case
was first discussed by Bill Hamilton (see
http://www.rense.com/general42/mssy.htm ). In this process, Burisch
has leaked information concerning the forthcoming ELE and the dynamic
between the different actors involved in extraterrestrial affairs (2
human control groups and 3 extraterrestrial factions). This dynamic
and many details has been released in consequent discussions between
those following the Burisch case and sympathetic 'insiders' leaking
information. It is clear that Burisch is only able to leak information
since those controlling presumably accept it as the price for
harnessing the information he has to share as a result of his unique
interaction with J-Rod.

     Those following the Burisch saga accept the integrity and honesty
of Burisch and thereby formulate their conclusions about the leaked
material accordingly. There is however the very real likelihood that
Burisch himself is the victim of a disinformation campaign where he
has been led to believe that he has information vital to the future
existence of humanity. Burisch may therefore have been exposed to a
series of deliberately staged encounters, interactions and information
access that has led him to form erroneous opinions on the available
data, and to transmit this to the general public since his sincerity
and integrity is very obvious to those investigating him.

     Furthermore, those 'insiders' leaking information that confirms
various aspects of the Burisch material may be doing so in an effort
to deliberately deceive and misinform. It is very possible that Dan
Burisch is an unwitting accomplice to a cleverly staged disinformation
campaign that has an agenda to maintain the secrecy system in place
for extraterrestrial affairs. In short, Burisch is unintentionally
part of a psychological operation orchestrated by one or more factions
within the covert world of classified EBE related projects who wish to
'spin' public attention in a way that promotes their disclosure agenda
(see http://www.exopolitics.org/Study-Paper-9.htm ).

     The third point is the reality of a covert effort by MJ-12 to
prepare the general public for an ELE in 2012. The apparent logic here
is one of 'plausible deniability' that those ready for the truth about
an ELE will be able to find it through the Burisch material, while
those not ready for such a devastating ELE will dismiss it all as a
fabrication. Consequently, those following the Burisch case believe
that they have been given access to classified information that can be
relied upon for forming conclusive opinions about what lies ahead.
This has led to a mind set where those following the Burisch case are
preparing for a possible catastrophic series of events while most
members of the general public are absorbed in the crass consumerism
and survival issues. This is evident in the Rense interview where Don
Deppeller refers to the future 2012 event as likely, and there is a
need to develop survival strategies based on self-sufficiency.
Deppeller and others following the Burisch saga assume the ELE to be
highly probable and speak in forlorn terms of maintaining 'hope' that
such an event doesn't happen, but nevertheless preparing for such a
catastrophic series of events.

     A fourth point is that those speaking about the Burisch case speak
in ethical terms of the need for disclosure about the extraterrestrial
presence and the likely ELE arriving by 2012 if not earlier. They
assume that ethical concerns will persuade controllers to release
sufficient information to prepare portions of the human population for
an ELE while maintaining plausible deniability in order not to panic
the remainder of humanity. The combination of extraterrestrial
disclosure and the hypothetical ELE in 2012 is arguably the element
that most reveals the goal of the psychological operation that uses
the Burisch case.

     The best means of gauging the truth about the information released
by the Burisch affair is asking the question, "Who benefits from the
release of such classified information?" The main beneficiaries are
'controllers' of extraterrestrial information who can manipulate
public anxiety over a future ELE that is heralded by a body of data
that is inconclusive and open to extreme forms of speculation by
millennial organizations. It is worth reminding the reader that
theories of impending global calamities first began appearing almost
30 years ago with the Alternative 3 documentary program first aired in
the United Kingdom in a respective science show hosted by the BBC. It
appears that those using the BBC to covertly promote public awareness
of a possible series of future cataclysmic events badly underestimated
a number of mitigating factors that impact on global affairs such as
'global consciousness' (see
http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-26.htm).

     The hypothesized ELE trumps all other global concerns and makes it
possible for the "controllers" to release or maintain information
according to their priorities and activities. For example, disclosure
of the extraterrestrial presence becomes conflated with a possible ELE
slated to happen by 2012. This makes it easier for those controlling
extraterrestrial affairs to keep the secrecy system in place since
those aware of the extraterrestrial presence are manipulated into
believing that extraterrestrial disclosure is a secondary concern to
the probable 2012 ELE.

     The final point is that the Burisch case overly simplifies the
available data on the extraterrestrial presence. For example, Sergeant
Clifford Stone (ret) allegedly witnessed an EBE Guidebook between
1979-89 while performing his duties on elite ETV retrieval teams. The
EBE guidebook detailed medical information and physical
characteristics of 57 EBE groups currently visiting or monitoring the
Earth (see:http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-35.htm ). Stone
served for 22 years in the US Army and has been investigated by a
number of researchers such as Paola Harris, Linda Moulton Howe and the
author. Stone and the testimony of other whistleblowers and contactees
suggests that the motivations and activities of EBE groups are far
more varied and complex than suggested by Burisch or promoted by those
insiders 'leaking' information to corroborate Burisch's testimony.
According to Burisch, the extraterrestrials visiting the Earth are
descended from modern humanity and are here because of their desire to
avert the ELE that led to the future split in humanity. This is
inconsistent with the large body of evidence supporting an extensive
number of EBE's interacting with humanity and/or monitoring the Earth
(see http://www.exopolitics.org/Report-ET-Motivations.htm ). Burisch's
response to an earlier comment from the author about his lack of
awareness of extraterrestrial races other than the J-Rods, suggests
that Burisch simply was not given access to other classified projects
involving other EBE groups (see
http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-14.htm ).

     In conclusion, there is considerable evidence to support Burisch's
claims of having worked in number of classified projects as outlined
in his affidavit and elsewhere. Further, there is considerable
evidence to support Burisch's claims of a number of secret treaties
having been organized with the covert "control" committees such as
MJ-12. Nevertheless, the evidence for an ELE in 2012 or sooner is
inconclusive at best, and a deliberate fabrication at worst. There is
good reason to suspect that Burisch is an unintentional part of a
psychological operation to conflate extraterrestrial disclosure with a
possible ELE. The conflation of extraterrestrial disclosure with an
ELE would enable the 'controllers' of extraterrestrial affairs to
'spin' future disclosure in way that perpetuates their power and
control. Also, the over simplification of visiting extraterrestrial
races to three groups descended from modern humanity is a distortion
and simplification of the available data pointing to a very complex
human extraterrestrial interaction.

     The conclusion is that those following the Burisch saga need to be
very discerning as to how they filter the information being leaked by
Dan Burisch as evidenced in his April Affidavit. While Burisch appears
sincere in his efforts to assist Deppeller and leaking information,
the hidden agenda is most likely to misinform that element of global
society that would be the greatest obstacle to delay and/or spin
extraterrestrial disclosure in a way that perpetuates the covert
control exercised by those responsible for extraterrestrial affairs.
One solution to the likely psychological operation involving Burisch
and 'leaks' supporting his testimony would be to continue to
investigate the claims of Dan Burisch, but to systematically contrast
these with the claims of other whistleblower such as Clifford Stone,
Charles Hall, and Robert Dean who all comment on a variety of
extraterrestrial races visiting and interacting with humanity. In this
way, it will be possible to develop a more nuanced and accurate
overview of extraterrestrial affairs and how different EBE groups
interact with humanity, and the role played by different human control
groups attempting to spin information about extraterrestrials in ways
that are intended to alarm the global populace thereby perpetuating
elite control of vital resources and political institutions. Dan
Burisch's affidavit and testimony is helpful in opening up the
complexities to the exopolitical situation confronting us.
Nevertheless, Burisch himself does not have access to classified
information on all the 57 or more EBE groups visiting/interacting with
humanity thereby considerably oversimplifying the exopolitical
challenge before us, and very likely making him an unwitting
accomplice to a psychological operation to misinform the public about
extraterrestrial affairs.

© Michael E. Salla, PhD
August 25, 2005
http://www.exopolitics.org
drsalla@...

Forward as you wish. Permission is granted to circulate among private
individuals and groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in full
in all not-for-profit publications. Contact author for all other
rights, which are reserved.

Aloha, former Canadian Defense Minister, Paul Hellyer, is coming
forward to state that there is overwhelming evidence that
extraterrestrials are visiting Earth and their presence is being
systematically covered up. This is a major breakthrough and promises
to open a path for other senior political figures to come foward to
reveal what they know of the cover up. Hellyer will be speaking at an
Exopolitics Symposium in Toronto on September 25.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

****

Source: Macleans Magazine - Canada
http://tinyurl.com/dsqv4

September 11, 2005

Politics

Former Cabinet Minister Paul Hellyer Takes Up The Cause Of
Believers In UFOs
by
John Ward

OTTAWA (CP) - Paul Hellyer, onetime cabinet minister and a
political chameleon who went through Liberal and Tory colours
before founding two political parties of his own, has a new
cause - UFOs.

Hellyer is to be a featured speaker at a UFO conference in
Toronto later this month and organizers are making much of his
credentials as a former defence minister in the Pearson
administration 40 years ago.

Skeptics are, well, skeptical.

The 82-year-old Hellyer says he believes not only that UFOs are
extraterrestrial visitors, but that some governments - the
United States at least - know all about it and are covering up.

He says he believes American scientists have re-engineered alien
wreckage from a supposed UFO crash at Roswell, N.M. in 1947 to
produce modern technical marvels.

"I believe that UFOs are real," he said in a recent interview.
"I'll talk about that a little bit and a bit about the fantastic
coverup of the United States government and also a little bit of
the fallout from the wreckage, by that I mean the material
discoveries we have made and how they've been applied to our
technology."

Hellyer was once a political star. He was first elected to the
Commons in 1949 at the age of 25, at that time the youngest
person ever to win a seat.

He went on to become a cabinet minister, ran for the Liberal
leadership against Pierre Trudeau, switched parties to the
Conservatives and ran for that party's leadership, too. He
eventually founded two other political parties, Action Canada in
1971 and the Canadian Action party in 1997.

He says his conviction that UFOs are real arose from reading in
recent years, not from anything gleaned from secret archives
during his time in office.

"I've been a skeptic for quite a while but I've been exposed to
more and more information recently and have just decided to take
a stand," he said.

Organizers of the MUFON conference - the name is an acronym for
the Mutual UFO Network - see Hellyer's participation as giving
legitimacy to the cause.

The conference is billed as "Canada's first major UFO symposium
calling for complete government disclosure concerning the
reality of UFOs and the extraterrestrial presence on Earth."

"Mr. Hellyer's involvement will increase the impact of the
symposium," says a conference news release.

Victor Viggiani, a retired educator who is an organizer of the
event, calls him a featured speaker.

"We're depending on him to be a real focal point," Viggiani
said. "We're using his sort of experiences to demonstrate that
national political figures can come out and talk about this."

He says Hellyer has a simple point to make: "Let's start telling
the truth about what we all know is really happening in the
skies and journalists start paying attention, that's basically
going to be his message."

Does Hellyer feel he's being used?

"I think they are trying to make the most of my appearance."

His participation is exasperating for David Gower, a spokesman
for Skeptics Canada, a group dedicated to rational thinking and
to debunking paranormal claims.

"This sort of thing is a big feather in their cap, to come
across people like him," says Gower, who is dismissive of the
whole UFO mystique.

"There's no convincing evidence that can be anything other than
personal anecdotes or allegations that can't be proven," he
said.

He said UFO enthusiasts have a quasi-religious fervour that
often makes them impervious to doubt.

"There is a deep-seated need, a desire in people, to feel that
there's something in control somewhere, bigger than they are,
something that can give some kinds of answers."

Trying to wean people away from UFO beliefs is like "nailing
Jello to the wall," he said.

Viggiani says UFOs could be a boon for mankind. He says they
have technology that could solve the world's energy problems "in
one fell swoop."

This is where the conspiracy theory takes off for him.

"For some strange reasons, our governments can't come forward to
talk to us about what these energy sources are," he says.
"Because oil is just about $70 a barrel and that would undercut
a lot of the power structure, the World Bank . . . the fossil
fuel industry.

"They are just not prepared to handle this."

Hellyer, too, thinks there are important secrets to be learned.

"I think, frankly, that the subject should be taken seriously,
because there are consequences that have real effects or could
have real effects on the people of the world and I think there
should be discussion of it."

While some believers think western governments have actually
negotiated with extraterrestrials, Hellyer doesn't go that far.

"To my knowledge, it's just visitations," he says.

Although his participation in the conference is likely to draw
ridicule, Hellyer said he's used to that after his roller-
coaster political life.

"It wouldn't be the first time, would it?"


"I think they are trying to make the most of my appearance."

His participation is exasperating for David Gower, a spokesman
for Skeptics Canada, a group dedicated to rational thinking and
to debunking paranormal claims.

"This sort of thing is a big feather in their cap, to come
across people like him," says Gower, who is dismissive of the
whole UFO mystique.

"There's no convincing evidence that can be anything other than
personal anecdotes or allegations that can't be proven," he
said.

He said UFO enthusiasts have a quasi-religious fervour that
often makes them impervious to doubt.

"There is a deep-seated need, a desire in people, to feel that
there's something in control somewhere, bigger than they are,
something that can give some kinds of answers."

Trying to wean people away from UFO beliefs is like "nailing
Jello to the wall," he said.

Viggiani says UFOs could be a boon for mankind. He says they
have technology that could solve the world's energy problems "in
one fell swoop."

This is where the conspiracy theory takes off for him.

"For some strange reasons, our governments can't come forward to
talk to us about what these energy sources are," he says.
"Because oil is just about $70 a barrel and that would undercut
a lot of the power structure, the World Bank . . . the fossil
fuel industry.

"They are just not prepared to handle this."

Hellyer, too, thinks there are important secrets to be learned.

"I think, frankly, that the subject should be taken seriously,
because there are consequences that have real effects or could
have real effects on the people of the world and I think there
should be discussion of it."

While some believers think western governments have actually
negotiated with extraterrestrials, Hellyer doesn't go that far.

"To my knowledge, it's just visitations," he says.

Although his participation in the conference is likely to draw
ridicule, Hellyer said he's used to that after his roller-
coaster political life.

"It wouldn't be the first time, would it?"

Aloha, here's a story of a triangular UFO sighting and events that
followed which suggests evidence tampering. The car occupied by the
witness was 'stolen' after the the UFO had left an indelible
impression on the paintwork.

Text of story follows below. For photo of triangular UFO go to:
http://www.rense.com/general67/triangle.htm

In peace,

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

****

Huge Triangle Dims Airport Lights In Puerto Rico - Photos
From Scott Corrales
lornis1@...
INEXPLICATA - The Journal of Hispanic Ufology
9-15-5

To our Readers - This information has just been recieved from
researchers Jose A. Martinez and Willie Durand Urbina of Puerto Rico's
Proyecto ARGUS

SOURCE: Proyecto Argus
DATE: 9-14-05

TRIANGULAR UFO OVER PUERTO RICO -- Proyecto ARGUS Reports

The following is a preliminary report of this event in Puerto Rico --
the flight of a large triangular UFO over Puerto Rico. More witnesses
to this sighting are coming forward, since there were more people on
the avenue when the event took place. We would like any witnesses
living in Puerto Rico's Carolina and Urb. Los Angeles districts to
please phone us at the following numbers in order to continue our
research. At this time only one person has photographed the object,
but we are aware that more people saw it, including administrative
personnel from the [Luis Munoz Marin International] Airport. Tel.
787-821-1671 and 787-764-3206

Transcript of the Interview by Willie Durand Urbina and Jose A.
Martinez Echevarria with the witness to the triangular UFO seen on May
15, 2005 at 12:16 a.m.

Willie: Hi Wilfredo, please tell us the experience you had when you
left work.

Wilfredo: Well, it was one night when I left work at around 12
midnight. I was in the town of Carolina near the Los Angeles
development, on an avenue exactly facing the airport and beyond
Baldorioty [de Castro Avenue], or exactly behind Baldorioty. Then I
saw a glow that came from behind a hill and thought it was strange.

Willie: There's a hill there?

Wilfredo: That's right, in the rear. That's when I heard the dogs
barking, the birds singing and I saw the animals were becoming
desperate. I was frightened. What could it be? Then when I looked
behind me, I saw a great, very large glow. But I couldn't see the
craft because I was inside the van. I pulled the van over and got out
-- that's when I saw an immense triangular object. I can't give you
the exact measurments, can't describe it in meters, but I can tell you
[and compare it] to the size of a ball park or two enormous ball
parks. It was going very slowly and passed directly over me.

Willie: Was it making any noise in particular?

Wilfriedo: None. No sound, just a light coming out of the middle.

Willie: Did you feel any heat, atmospheric changes, or temperature
[changes] as the object went by?
Wilfredo: Yes, it seems that the light emitted some sort of heat, I
don't know what kind of heat. It was like a high voltage bulb and you
could feel the heat of the light. It made no noise whatsoever and was
going slowly, very slowly, and thats when the van's engine and lights
went out completely. I got inside, tried to turn the engine over, but
nothing. Ahh!! But before getting inside, I took my camera phone and
tried to take photos of the object, but I had to remove the fidner to
lower the light intensity, because it couldn't be seen in the photos
when I took it. I removed the light intensity from the camera and
that's how I managed to capture the craft and photograph it. Then I
took another photo from inside my vehicle, and that's strange ,
because nothing electrical worked, yet the cellphone cameraa worked. I
don't know how, but its as if they were (allowing me to take the
pictures.)

Willie: Did other cars stop as the UFO flew overhead?

Wilfredo: Yes, there were some 3 cars but quite far from where I was.
When the UFO went away, my van started up just fine. I even found it
strange that the airport was under [the object's path] and its lights
also went out. There must be more people there who saw the object,
too. After passing over the airport it went higher and vanished into
the sky at high speed.

Willie: Did you see any airplanes at the sighting spot or near it, in
the vicinity of the sky?

Wilfredo: I didn't see any other airplanes flying over the area. It
was also cloudy. In fact [as the object rose] it was possible to see
the clouds very well lit by the object as it ascended. It was so
immense that the glow continued lighting up more and more clouds. I
looked at this and thought "wow!"

Willie: And it lit up the area you were at?

Wilfredo: Yes, it all looked like noon. It was incredible.

Willie: What residential developments were you facing when you took
the photo?

Wilfredo: Urb. Los Angeles.

Willie: Could you give us a point of reference such as shop or other
place of business?
Wilfredo: No shop or business as a reference -- it's a very large
avenue, the one the intercepts Baldorioty and crosses Los Angeles
right in the middle of the development.

Willie: What's the name of that avenue?

Wilfredo: I truly couldn't tell you, but I imagine it has something to
do with Urb. Los Angeles

Willie: What company was there, at that corner of the section?

Wilfredo: None, but its a major avenue that takes you to the heart of
the Los Angeles development. There are houses on either side. In fact
the bridge on Baldorioty is an overpass that leads to that avenue.

Willie: In other words, the event occurred near that overpass?

Wilfredo: The event occured at the overpass.

Willie: Did your car experience any paint alterations or changes?

Wilfredo: The vehicle, well, it was stolen some 3 weeks after the
event. No one heard anything. It was an odd robbery -- no one heard
anything and my van had a pipe on its muffler that made it heard from
far away when the engine was running, but no one heard anything. They
took it while I was asleep and no one heard anything.

Willie: Your car was stole from your own home?

Wilfredo: Yes, from my home. It's odd, but some two weeks after the
experience, I began noticing that the paint on the car began to show
some little spots.

Willie: Were you able to recover the vehicle later?

Wilfredo: No, it was stolen not very long ago, about a month and a
half following the UFO experience. Then I realized that nothing could
remove those spots, as if the spots were coming from within the paint
outward. The stains were blood-red or-mud colored that fell on the
paint. In desperation, I even applied degreaser to the paint, but
nothing worked to remove the spots. It's as if it was burned and it
was throughout the entire vehicle.

Willie: As far as your health is concerned, did you undergo
psychological changes after the experience with the object?

Wilfredo: I got sick after the experience. I became ill, don't know if
it has anything to do with what I saw.

Willie: How long, or how many days went by before you got sick?

Wilfredo: Two weeks after the experience. I was bedridden. I'd never
been so sick. I'm a very healthy eprson, it's hard for me to get sick
and much less bedridden.

Willie: What was diagnosis?

Wilfredo: It was like a cold or something. I felt weak.

Willie: Did they do any bloodwork to check you corpuscles?

Wilfredo: Yes, but everything was all right in the lab tests.

Willie: Have you felt well after that cold?

Wilfredo: Yes.

Willie: It's odd that your vehicle was stolen.

Wilfredo: Yes. That happened after I spoke to a female co-worker who
[claimed] having been adbucted by aliens. She told me about her
experiences and it turns out that two days after she told me, I felt
as though I were being watched. There must be some connection between
my co-worker's experience and mine. There must be something.

Willie: Your car's theft must be related to the event. Did you report
the theft?

Wilfredo: Yes, I have the report number and everything. It's been two
months and still no sign of it.

Willie: What color were the craft's lights?

Wilfredo; It was only a white light, incandescent, in the middle of
the object. Its edges had no observable lights, only that central
light that covered the entire object. I could see a sort of metal
frame, but the light kept me from seeing what was in the middle.
Something metallic could be seen at its tips.

Willie: Did it change colors?

Wilfredo: No, no!

Willie: Any intersting details come to mind?

Wilfredo: Of course. When I'm asleep, I feel as though I'm being
watched. Willie, it doesn't let me sleep, because I feel myself being
watched. It's like a sensation of being spied upon, looked at.

Willie: Well, Wilfredo, anything else you may feel, a strange dream,
any other experiences related to your case, please let us know
immediately so we can probe deeper into your case. Many thanks for
trusting us and for explaining your experience. Thanks for sharing it.

Source: http://www.rense.com/general67/triangle.htm

Aloha, here's a commentary by Richard Hoagland on weather modification
  technologies and his belief that these are currently being used in an
undeclared war. Hoagland quotes some excellent material in support of
his thesis that needs to be considered. I recommend reading the
original with the graphics and links. While there is no mention of
ETs, the implications are that such advanced technologies are likely
well understood by ET races that are likely playing a variety of roles
in such an undeclared war.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

****
Source:
http://www.enterprisemission.com/weblog/2005/09/more-support-for-undeclared-glob\
al.html

Space News & General Commentary by Richard C. Hoagland
Friday, September 16, 2005
More Support for An "Undeclared Global Weather War?" -- Updated

More than a million people (according to CNN) have now been forced to
flee New Orleans.

They form the largest mass migration in American history: familes
wrenched apart and sent to widely separated States; seniors forced to
start over from literally nothing; children banished to start classes
in strange cities and unfamiliar schools all across the Country ...
some as far away as Alaska!

The dead who've been left behind in New Orleans now number in the "low
hundreds."

But that toll will inevitably rise: as more and more houses, currently
still under water, are entered by the recovery teams; as the attics
turned-into-last-minute tombs are finally broken open; as those last
moments of horror are tragically exposed ... for all who didn't make it.


At the moment the myriad commentators, the scores of network anchors,
the faceless government officials -- and, certainly, the millions of
ordinary Amercians watching this catastrophe play out on television --
are viewing this still unfolding tragedy as the "greatest natural
disaster in American history."

But -- what if it was not?

What if, as we have asked before, "Katrina" was not a just "an
incredibly destructive, natural storm ...?"

* * *

To try to answer this essential question, I began this "Captain's
Blog" entry with a little known but incredibly important statement --
from a MAJOR figure in American politics, an individual with both "the
clearances" and the senior position in the Executive Branch of the
U.S. Federal government to KNOW ... former Secretary of Defence,
William Cohen.


Almost no one, even now, is aware of Secretary Cohen's remarkably
revealing testimony re "eco-terrorism" in 1997, reproduced at the
beginning of this entry. Still fewer seem to realize -- even after
they've actually read his statement -- the staggering technological
and political implications behind what this Republican Clinton
Administration Defense Secretary stunningly revealed--

Regarding the current existence of this "god-like" technology ... a
technology which can actually, as Cohen testified, "alter the climate
... set off earthquakes [and] volcanoes remotely ... through the use
of electromagnetic waves ..."

Flash forward to 2005 -- and the quiet introduction this Spring (in
both houses of Congress) of a bill to officially institutionalize
within the United States Government precisely such major "weather
modification" ... under the Secretary of the Department of Commerce --
and, by October 1, 2005!

A Bill entitled:

"Weather Modification Research and Technology Transfer Authorization
Act of 2005."


Its purpose ...?

Here's a direct quote from the Senate version of Bill S. 517:

SEC. 2. PURPOSE.

     It is the purpose of this Act to develop and implement a
comprehensive and coordinated national weather modification policy and
a national cooperative Federal and State program of weather
modification research and development [emphasis added] ....

Thus, as we watch Katrina's havoc still unfold ... and have watched
the equally anomalous East Coast "slow-motion disaster" of Ophelia
(which made its peculiar "landfall" at ~33 degrees) ... one cannot
help but wonder if we are indeed "under attack!"

And, if so, by precisely what technology ... and by whom?

Secretary Cohen himself firmly removed one of the critics' major
efforts to dismiss the importance of both recent "weather
modification" bills: the claim that the establishment of a Government
"office of weather modification" in October will only be exploring
"small R&D efforts at rainmaking" -- and, utilizing obsolete
"cloud-seeding technology" pioneered in the 1950's at that.

Not so!

To quote the Secretary again:

"... whereby [terrorists can] alter the climate ... set off
earthquakes [and] volcanoes remotely ... through the use of
electromagnetic waves [emphasis added] ..."

Even if mainstream media and other opinion makers in the Country
totally ignored the Secretary's striking statement, one scientist who
did NOT -- because he's been researching these precise technologies
for over 30 years -- was physicist, Lt. Col. Tom Bearden (US Army, Ret).

Bearden "wrote the book" (literally), not only on the arcane physics
behind this essentially unknown technology -- but on the
"weaponization" of that technology by certain foreign governments.

Bearden's thesis (paralleling ours) is that the laws of physics, as
presented in the textbooks, are currently incomplete ... in fact,
woefully inadequate. And that this "incomplete physics" masks the
capability for some to have created terrible "scalar weapons"
(paralleling our own independent research into what we've termed
"hyperdimensional technologies") -- based on certain nations and
"black-ops" organizations having access to this currently-concealed
physics ... weapons capable of literally altering the fundamental
geological and climatological dynamics of the Earth itself!

On his website, Bearden presents an elegant case for these current
"white world" shortcomings in fundamental physics theory having led to
a range of extraordinary "secret super weapons."

Bearden's literal decades of previous publication on this intensely
controversial subject amply confirmed Secretary Cohen's separate,
thinly-veiled public warnings regarding these extraordinary
technologies ... belatedly voiced in 1997.

Bearden's own blunt military analysis of the weapons applications of
these still-secret "HD technologies" -- written well before Katrina --
is summarized below:

     "... We are at war, whether we like it or not.

     "And we are going to have strategic strikes on an unparalleled
scale for us. Pearl Harbor was nothing, compared to what is coming
down, once we consider the 'augmentation' and such.

     "When that factor is considered, then it's a totally new ball game
on replacing the [current geopolitical] power system. There isn't
going to be much choice; the old one is going to be destroyed or so
badly crippled that it will collapse the U.S. economy in a way we have
not seen since 1929. Of course, in such a case hitting us, we will be
under martial law, the works, everywhere. For one thing, it's the only
way you can keep the cities from imploding from within, by the
criminal element, looting, robbing, killing, etc. Simply wait and see;
it's on the way ...

     "In the new war, the first phase of WW III has already been
completed. Hence President Bush's recognition that this is a total
war, and has to be taken to the enemy no matter where he may be hiding
or in what sanctuary or in what foreign nation. This is an entirely
different war than anything the U.S. has ever fought in its history.
And before it is over, it is going to kill more Americans than have
died in all the previous wars in our history. The news media and the
public have not yet recognized that awful situation and predicament.
Most are already thinking that, well, we won in Afghanistan so it's
just about over. Instead, it has only just begun.

     "Anyway, that's a brief uptake on some of the weapon situation
today. Some 10 nations or more now have [these weapons] .... I'm still
working on how many have the appalling negative EMP weapons, but would
estimate 6 or 7 nations have them in one stage or the other, either
deployed or in at least advanced development. And in my estimation,
the Yakuza [an extremely powerful Japanese secret society] will have
them within three to five years if they have to build them themselves,
and quicker if they can buy them from the Russians, Chinese ... or???
[emphasis added]."

Bearden's criticism of our own Government's mishandling of these
extraordinary technologies also parallels our own, regarding their
literal decades of intense compartmentalization -- in so-called "deep
black programs":

     "In the extreme, such a deep black program can even become a
'captured' program -- which is totally in the hands of the rogues and
no longer reports to or is bound by the dictates of the parent
government."

     "They have their own agendas. And being rogue groups, they may
well bring in unethical, immoral tricks: assassination, bribery,
entrapment, disinformation, plausible deniability, etc. A certain
percentage of a highly secret rogue group will wind up using all these
things and more. It's a human characteristic, the old primate
dominance game. Only now disguised and hidden under deep
classification. ...

     "In highly classified groups, these groups are greatly enabled to
joust more widely, unethically, and immorally because it is so deeply
hidden. So very deep classification evokes the growth and intensity of
rogue groups. It's the old 'Power corrupts, and absolute power
corrupts absolutely' routine. ... Due to loose formation of rogue
groups inside such programs, they may have dual or triple purposes,
may not operate under very much legitimate government control at all,
and may operate specifically for the purposes of the rogue group or
groups that have gained control.

     "The involvement of at least some rogue groups, some being
'cowboys' who operate well outside all laws and ethics, could also
result in such things as assassinations, clandestine testing on
individuals without their consent, etc. In short, it could account for
what seems to be actually occurring [emphasis added]."



* * *

One cannot help but wonder just what Secretary Cohen's initial source
of information on these extraordinary technological developments might
have been.

One possibility is a far-reaching, highly controversial official Air
Force Study, published just a few months before Cohen's own remarkable
public revelations, titled:

"Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025"

A few quotes from the Study's Introduction places these projected
technologies in a highly revealing military context:

     "In 2025, US aerospace forces can 'own the weather' by
capitalizing on emerging technologies and focusing development of
those technologies to war-fighting applications. Such a capability
offers the war fighter tools to shape the battlespace in ways never
before possible. It provides opportunities to impact operations across
the full spectrum of conflict and is pertinent to all possible
futures. The purpose of this paper is to outline a strategy for the
use of a future weather-modification system to achieve military
objectives rather than to provide a detailed technical
     road map.

     "A high-risk, high-reward endeavor, weather-modification offers a
dilemma not unlike the splitting of the atom. While some segments of
society will always be reluctant to examine controversial issues such
as weather-modification, the tremendous military capabilities that
could result from this field are ignored at our own peril. From
enhancing friendly operations or disrupting those of the enemy via
small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete
dominance of global communications and counterspace control,
weather-modification offers the war fighter a wide-range of possible
options to defeat or coerce an adversary [emphasis added] ...."

It is highly unlikely that, even in 1996, identifiying these "emerging
technologies," and "focusing development of those technologies to
war-fighting applications," involved just "seeding some iodine
crystals into a few clouds ".....

In this military context, Secretary Cohen's remarkable warning a few
month later -- that these "eco-technologies" not only exist, but can
even "set off earthquakes [and] volcanoes remotely ...." -- also now
cannot be ignored.

If whomever "has us in their sights" does not achieve their (currently
unstated -- at least in public) goals with the current level of
destruction we have seen in the last few weeks, it is only a matter of
time until the stakes are escalated ... and we could see deliberate
triggering of "earthquakes ... [and even] volcanoes ..." per the
Secretary's warning.

Already, in the wake of Katrina's devastation, we are seeing an
unusual pattern of earthquake activity up and down the State of
California -- with a peculiar concentration along ~33 degrees.

And, who has not heard of the unusual geothermal activity occurring
beneath Yellowstone in the last few years ...?

If the type of coherent"scalar" energy discussed earlier -- drawing
upon the literally infinite "hyperdimensional energy reservoir" that
Bearden and I have demonstrated elsewhere -- were to be deliberately
channeled into either the creation of major earthquakes--

Or, the eruption of volcanoes--


The consequences could be catastrophic -- not "merely" on a national
scale -- but this time ... for the entire planet.

So, again, what did William Cohen mean, when he warned us -- back in
1997 -- that this was an existing technology ... but in the hands of
"others?"

And, why is the U.S. Department of Commerce -- just one month
following "the most destructive hurricane in the history of the United
States" ... now opening a formal office to ultimately "control the
weather?"

In the face of all we've been through ... why indeed.

Oh, and one more curiosity:

Isn't it a remarkable political "coincidence" that President Bush met
with Russian President Vladimir Putin ... just two and a half weeks
after Katrina (Russian for "Katherine") shattered the Gulf Coast? And
-- just hours after "slow-moving Ophelia" brought almost equal
devastation (for a Catagory 1 hurricane?!) to portions of North
Carolina's Outer Banks ... before turning out to sea?

Don't you wonder -- aside from the publicly discussed agenda -- what
the two President's really talked about ...?

Stay tuned.

Press Release:   Extraterrestrial Civilizations & World Peace
Conference, Hawaii, June 9-11, 2006.

[Kona, Hawaii] The Exopolitics Institute is delighted to announce its
sponsorship of an Extraterrestrial Civilizations and World Peace
Conference on the Big Island of Hawaii in June 2006. Bringing together
a group of extraordinary presenters, this conference will focus upon
compelling evidence of a multifaceted extraterrestrial effort to
assist the peoples of Earth in establishing world peace, environmental
protection, and spiritual upliftment. Humanity is ready to know its
true roots and origins and finding that this path leads to the stars.

Join us in the nourishing tropical breezes and refined sanctuary
energies of the Big Island, and be prepared to be illuminated, moved
and joyfully motivated as exceptional data and experiences are shared.
The extraterrestrial presence is an undeniable part of this new
reality being built in which humanity will be able to expand with
gentle assistance into its final stage of maturation. With open
hearts, we can together come to fully understand our own role within
the universal community that awaits us.

World paradigms are shifting and there is substantial evidence that
visiting extraterrestrials have acted to mitigate the most severe
aspects of our military conflicts, environmental degradations and
weaponization of space.  This international conference, hosting a
select group of experts, contactees and dignitaries, will address a
variety of these key issues concerning the relationship between
extraterrestrial civilizations and world peace.

But words are not enough, we need action too.  Thus the conference
will produce a `Declaration' and an `Action Plan' for how humanity can
cooperate with visiting extraterrestrial civilizations to achieve
world peace.  Everyone at the conference will be given the opportunity
to participate and energize common agreement and consensus, thereby
utilizing the dynamics of group intention to send out a very powerful
message for all.  We hope to see you in Hawaii in June 2006 for this
remarkable conference event.

Confirmed Speakers

Dr Michael Salla (Exopolitics/Peace Researcher, Conference Convenor)
Brigadier General Stephen Lovekin, Esq. (U.S. Army National Guard
Reserve & Disclosure Witness)
Paola Harris, M.Ed. (UFO/Exopolitics Researcher)
Dr Thomas Hansen (UFO/Peace Educator)
Alfred Webre, J.D. (Institute for Cooperation in Space)
Joan Ocean, M.SC. (Cetacean Expert & Author of Dolphins into the Future)
Jean Ederman (Extraterrestrial Contactee/Author of La Science des
Extraterrestres)
Lt Col Robert Salas (ret. US Air Force & Disclosure Witness)
Neil Freer (Exoarcheology Researcher & Author of Breaking the Godspell)
Lt Col. Wendelle Stevens, (ret. US Air Force & "Contactee" Researcher)
JZ Knight (Extraterrestrial Channel, Founder of Ramtha School of
Enlightenment)

Our list of speakers is still growing and we are awaiting more
confirmations.  To view our full list of invited speakers, for travel
and resort details, to purchase tickets, or for further general
information please visit our website at:
http://www.ETWorldPeace.com

In Peace,
Angelika Whitecliff
Citizen Diplomacy Program Coordinator
Exopolitics Institute
________________________________________________________________________

The Exopolitics Institute is a non-profit organization based in
Kealakekua, Hawaii dedicated to studying the key political actors,
institutions and processes associated with credible evidence that
extraterrestrial races are visiting, monitoring or residing For
support and membership information, please visit the Institute website
at:  http://www. ExopoliticsInstitute.com

Aloha, a new Citizen's Guide to the popular FOIA legislation in the US
has been released by the US Congress. FOIA has been used by many UFO
researchers to gain valuable information on UFOs held in various
government agencies and military departments. Importantly, FOIA
shifted bureacratic culture concerning government documents from an individual
proving they have a "need to know" to the individual having a "right to know".
This is important since it means that individuals have a right to know
information concerning UFOs provided it doesn't fall into the nine exemption
categories recognized by FOIA.

Sweden was the first country to pass laws similar to FOIA (1766) and
was followed by Columbia (1888) and Finland (1919). The US was the first country
in the post war era to pass FOIA legislation in 1966. Other 'democracies' such
as the Norway (1970) France (1978); Australia
(1982); Canada (1983) and the United Kingdom (2000) have also passed
FOIA equivalents. In authoritarian regions such as the Middle East,
there is no equivalent to FOIA. So it should be acknowledged that FOIA
is a bureacratic precedent established first in Northern Europe, and
democratic nations such as the US that recognize the importance of
citizens having access to government documents.

In the US, the first exemption category for FOIA is national security
which basically means that UFO information is exempt from FOIA if the
release of it poses a threat to US national security. However, one of
the common responses used by agencies and departments in claiming they
don't have files/documents on UFOs is that UFOs do not pose a security
threat, and hence have no interest in them. This is for example the
attitude of the US Air Force that claims that after the closure of
Project Blue in 1969, it no longer investigates UFOs. Some researchers
such as Clifford Stone have shown through FOIA that this is not true
and the Air Force continues to secretly investigate UFOs.

Yet documents in agencies such as the NSA and CIA that do discuss UFOs
are not released as organizations such as Citizens Against UFO Secrecy
have shown in various lawsuits. So basically, agencies either deny
having UFO documents; or if they acknowledge having UFO documents,
they often don't release these on national security grounds. This
points to a clear effort to frustrate the will of Congress which
recognizes the citizen's "right to know".

If UFOs are not a threat to national security, then agencies should
clearly open up their files as FOIA makes clear. If UFOs are a
national security threat, then while agencies may have the legal right
to withold this informatiion, they should not disguise the reason for
why this is done. If agencies have a reason to believe disclosure of
UFO information poses a threat, then this should be publically
acknowledged or at least overseen by legislative bodies such as the US
Congress. The "right to know" presupposes an ability for the general
public or its political representatives to maturely comprehend genuine
national security threats, and not have these indefinitely withold by
non-representative committees appointed by executive orders taht are
hidden from the public realm. Basically, the public's "right to know"
and the intent of the US Constitution is being frustrated by continued
secrecy that keeps UFO information out of the public realm, and from
Congressional oversight.

Below are some portions of the Congressional Guide that outlines some
of the FOIA concepts discussed above.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

****

Source: http://www.fas.org/sgp/foia/citizen.html

...

The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) establishes a
presumption that records in the possession of agencies and
departments of the executive branch of the U.S. Government are
accessible to the people. This was not always the approach to
Federal information disclosure policy. Before enactment of the
FOIA in 1966, the burden was on the individual to establish a
right to examine these government records. There were no
statutory guidelines or procedures to help a person seeking
information. There were no judicial remedies for those denied
access.
     With the passage of the FOIA, the burden of proof shifted
from the individual to the government. Those seeking
information are no longer required to show a need for
information. Instead, the ``need to know'' standard has been
replaced by a ``right to know'' doctrine. The government now
has to justify the need for secrecy.
   The FOIA sets standards for determining which records must
be disclosed and which records may be withheld. The law also
provides administrative and judicial remedies for those denied
access to records. Above all, the statute requires Federal
agencies to provide the fullest possible disclosure of
information to the public. The history of the act reflects that
it is a disclosure law. It presumes that requested records will
be disclosed, and the agency must make its case for withholding
in terms of the act's exemptions to the rule of disclosure.

...

F. REASONS ACCESS MAY BE DENIED UNDER THE FOIA

     An agency may refuse to disclose an agency record that
falls within any of the FOIA's nine statutory exemptions. The
exemptions protect against the disclosure of information that
would harm national defense or foreign policy, privacy of
individuals, proprietary interests of business, functioning of
the government, and other important interests. A document that
does not qualify as an ``agency record'' may be denied because
only agency records are available under the FOIA. Personal
notes of agency employees may be denied on this basis. However,
most records in the possession of an agency are ``agency
records'' within the meaning of the FOIA.
...
     When a record contains some information that qualifies as
exempt, the entire record is not necessarily exempt. Instead,
the FOIA specifically provides that any reasonably segregable
portions of a record must be provided to a requester after the
deletion of the portions that are exempt. This is a very
important requirement because it prevents an agency from
withholding an entire document simply because one line or one
page is exempt.
...

1. Exemption 1.--Classified Documents

     The first FOIA exemption permits the withholding of
properly classified documents. Information may be classified in
the interest of national defense or foreign policy.
     The rules for classification are established by the
President and not the FOIA or other law. The FOIA provides
that, if a document has been properly classified under a
Presidential Executive order, the document can be withheld from
disclosure.
     Classified documents may be requested under the FOIA. An
agency can review the document to determine if it still
requires protection. In addition, the Executive order on
security classification establishes a special procedure for
requesting the declassification of documents.\28\ If a
requested document is declassified, it can be released in
response to a FOIA request. However, a document that is
declassified may still be exempt under other FOIA exemptions....

Aloha all, this is a very important development that I hope you share
with your friends and colleagues. The veil of secrecy is being lifted.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org


****
Source: http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-38.htm

Exopolitical Comment # 38 - Former Canadian Defense Minister Speaks
Out on Extraterrestrial Visitors & Government Secrecy

On September 25, 2005, Hon Paul Hellyer, the former Canadian Minister
for National Defense gave a speech in Toronto at an event titled:
"Exopolitics Toronto: A Symposium on UFO Disclosure and Planetary
Direction" (www.exopoliticstoronto.com) . Hellyer described his time
as Minister for Defense from 1963-1967 where the occasional UFO
sighting report crossed his desk. He claims to never have had time for
what he considered to be a "flight of fancy", but nevertheless
retained an interest in the UFO phenomenon. While Minister for
Defense, he was guest of honor at the opening of the world's first UFO
landing pad at Alberta, Canada in 1967. He thought it an innovative
idea from a progressive Canadian community willing to pay for his
helicopter ride, but did not give much thought to UFOs as having
serious policy implications. He also describes a private UFO sighting
he later had with family and guests, but once again attributed it to a
'flight of fancy' rather than anything having serious policy
implications.

Hellyer's position on UFOs dramatically changed after watching the
late Peter Jennings documentary special, "Seeing is Believing" in
February 2005. Hellyer decided to read a book that had been idly
sitting on his book shelf for two years. Philip Corso's, The Day After
Roswell, sparked intense interest for Hellyer in terms of its policy
implications. Corso named real people, institutions and events in his
book that could be checked. Intrigued by the policy implications,
Hellyer decided to confirm whether Corso's book was real or a "work of
fiction". He contacted a retired United States Air Force General and
spoke to him directly to verify Corso's claims. The unnamed General
simply said: "every word is true and more". Hellyer then proceeded to
discuss the "and more …" with the general and claimed he was told
remarkable things concerning UFOs and the extraterrestrial hypothesis
that interplanetary visitors have been here since at least 1947.
Finally convinced that the UFO phenomenon was real Hellyer decided to
come forward and speak at Exopolitics Toronto about some of the "most
profoundly important policy questions that must be addressed." (for
speech go to: www.checktheevidence.com/video/ ). The policy questions
Hellyer addressed in his talk are both profound and vitally important
for citizens of every nation of Earth.

First, Hellyer claimed that evidence concerning UFOs is the "greatest
and most successful cover up in the history of the world". He
confirmed that senior political officials even at the rank of Minister
of Defense, a position he himself occupied, are simply out of the loop
when it comes to information concerning UFOs and visiting
extraterrestrials. From a democratic perspective, that raises many
concerns about oversight, transparency and accountability of those in
control of the information, technology and projects concerning the
extraterrestrial visitors.

A second profound policy question concerns the designation by the U.S.
military of visiting extraterrestrials as an 'enemy'. According to
Hellyer, this had led to the development of "laser and particle guns
to the point that they can be used against the visitors from space."
It is this targeting of visiting extraterrestrials that concerns
Hellyer, and he asks "is it wise to spend so much time and money to
build weapon systems to rid the skies of alien visitors?" Hellyer
poignantly raises the key policy question: "Are they really enemies or
merely legitimate explorers from afar?" Hellyer's question raises
profound importance in understanding the relationship between visiting
extraterrestrial civilizations and world peace.

The third policy question arose from the recent decision by President
Bush to build a base on the moon. Hellyer believes this is the
activation of a plan first launched by Col Corso's mentor, Lt General
Arthur Trudeau to build a base from which visiting extraterrestrials
could be monitored and possibly targeted as they approach the Earth.
Hellyer outlined his opposition to the weaponization of space,
something that the liberal government of Canada is currently opposed
to. The weaponization of space remains a key policy issue clearly has
profound policy issues from the perspective of extraterrestrial
visitors to Earth.

Finally, Hellyer declared that the "time has come to lift the veil of
secrecy" and to have an "informed debate about a problem that doesn't
officially exist." Understanding the evidence concerning the UFO
phenomenon is vital to fully preparing citizens around the world for
the truth concerning extraterrestrials, despite official denial and
secrecy by those "in the loop". He calls for major global initiatives
to fully prepare global citizenry for the truth. He endorses a
position taken by key exopolitical researchers such as Alfred Webre to
prepare for a "Decade of Contact" where humanity is prepared for the
truth about extraterrestrial visitors through informed debate and
education.

Paul Hellyer is the first senior politician to openly come out and
declare the truth about the extraterrestrial presence. He is blazing a
trail that many other senior politicians are destined to take. It will
be wise if the world's senior politicians quickly learn more about
this remarkable Canadian statesman and heed his important advise about
data on extraterrestrial visitors and the "profoundly important policy
questions that must be addressed."


© Michael E. Salla, PhD
Sept 29, 2005
http://www.exopolitics.org
drsalla@...


***
Note: The Hon Paul Hellyer has been invited to attend the forthcoming
"Extraterrestrial Civilizations and World Peace Conference from June
9-11, 2006, on the Big Island of Hawaii. For more information and the
list of confirmed speakers that include Brig General Stephen Lovekin; Alfred
Webre, J.D. and Michael Salla, Ph.D. please visit: www.etworldpeace.com


***
Forward as you wish. Permission is granted to circulate among private
individuals and groups, post on all Internet sites and publish in full
in all not-for-profit publications. Contact author for all other
rights, which are reserved.

Aloha all, I'm delighted to announce another exopolitics milestone.
Now we have the first Exopolitics Journal online at:
www.exopoliticsjournal.com .

What follows is the press release describing some of the main articles.

Enjoy
Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopoliticsinstitute.org
www.exopolitics.org
****


Press Release:  The 1st Edition of the Exopolitics Journal is Now
Available Online


[Kona, Hawaii, Sept. 30, 2005]  Human endeavors are being influenced
by a remarkable presence, one which is extraterrestrial in origin Β­
this is a key component of the extraterrestrial hypothesis that is
being widely debated.  Data to substantiate this view may one day soon
make it self-evident, and many courageous people are working
tirelessly to uncover the truth about such an extraterrestrial
presence. The implications span politics, our economy, religion and
humanities place in the universe, and these are just some of the
issues which will be examined within the pages of the Exopolitics Journal.

For those searching for quality information presented not only by
diligent researchers, but by Ε'contacteesΒΉ, government  and military
Ε'whistleblowersΒΉ and other exceptional individuals, the Exopolitics
Journal will become a thought provoking and reliable resource.
Sponsored and fully funded by the Exopolitics Institute of Hawaii, the
Exopolitics Journal is offered free to the public in a printable
outline pdf format at:
http//:www.ExopoliticsJournal.com.

This months inaugural issue features Part 1 of a two part interview
with Sgt. Clifford Stone (ret), who openly discusses his US Army
assignments on UFO crash retrieval teams.  Hall McKenzie has
contributed an article on Exopolitics and religion, examining the role
of extraterrestrials in different religious traditions spanning back
thousands of years.  Another article by Donald Ware discusses the
covert government acclimation program using a process of Ε'plausible
deniabilityΒΉ to prepare the public for the extraterrestrial reality.

Exopolitics Institute founder Dr, Michael Salla presents an overview
of the history of how the extraterrestrial phenomena has been managed,
and contactee Eric Julien discusses information he received during his
extraterrestrial contacts - about the science of extraterrestrials.
Also included in this edition are book reviews for "Top Secret/Majic:
by Stanton Friedman and "The Body Snatchers" by Nick Renfern and more.

Just one of the numerous projects sponsored by the Exopolitics
Institute, the Exopolitics Journal will be published quarterly with
original articles and interviews featured.  Yet in order to continue
to bring quality information to the public and supply resources to
those working within this field of study, the Institute needs your
support.

The Exopolitics Institute is a solely membership sponsored
organization committed to public awareness.  One of its many goals is
to promote peaceful cooperation with the extraterrestrials that
evidence suggests are aligned with the advancement of global peace,
human empowerment and human sovereignty.

Please visit the Exopolitics Institute website at:
http//:www.ExopoliticsInstitute.com
Discover what we are all about and download your free copy of the
Exopolitics Journal.  Then, if you would like to further support the
Journal or the InstituteΒΉs many projects and goals, become a member or
sponsor.  Membership comes with many benefits, but perhaps the most
satisfying one is knowing that you are helping to build a foundation
for Exopolitical awareness and understanding made available to all
people everywhere.

United, we can make a difference and gain the understanding to shape a
truly extraordinary future.

In Peace,
Angelika Whitecliff
Citizen Diplomacy Program Coordinator
Exopolitics Institute

Aloha, here's a reprint of a fascinating article on the Tau Ceti
connection and reports of mistreatment of a captured Tau Cetian. Pleae
compare the security procedures for military personnel described in
this case, with what Clifford Stone has related in his recent
interview in the Exopolitics Journal: www.exopoliticsjournal.com .

Like Oscar, the alleged crash retrieval specialist, Clifford's role was to be
the first to enter downed UFO's and to act as a telepathic interface with ETs.
All this was done off the record and the specialized training of the military
personnel was not part of their regular Military Occupation Speciality.

Thanks to Leneesa who reprinted this on her blog site:
http://ufoexperiences.blogspot.com/

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

*********************

THE TAU CETI CONNECTION
By Forest Crawford
Reprinted from UFO Journal of Facts
UFO Archives, Tucson, AZ

The eggs had their typical lack of firmness and the sausage tasted
more like greasy rope than pork links. The orders to mobilize saved me
from this breakfast experiment. We proceeded down six flights of
stairs below the COMPTRAPAC submarine base in San Diego to
"shoot-the-tubes." After placing my few pieces of jewelry in a
container I climbed into the cylinder to travel the tunnels to an
unknown assignment. I wondered what was so important to upgrade our
pay from E-3 to E-6 before we left and besides that, we could not even
finish breakfast.

As I am told of our departure, a familiar, uneasy feeling comes over
me. When you push down on the accelerator in your car, one can feel
the tug of inertia sinking you into your seat. When you travel the
tubes there is no feeling of motion but you know when the door opens
you will be in another place hundreds, even thousands of miles away.
For some comfort I check to see if the watch hidden in my pocket was
still there. I quickly look to see if it is even running. It seems to
be working normally, so why no jewelry? Because of the electrical
charge buildup perhaps?

The soft clang of the door opening made me tense again. I did not even
feel us stop! Peeking at the watch I noted only 30 minutes had passed.
We must be in California, Nevada or Arizona, I thought. As I stepped
from the windowless capsule I hear a military policeman murmur
"Turners' Rangers." Our reputation had preceded us. As I re-adorned my
jewelry the first surprise of this assignment was about to come.

A high ranking Navy OSS Officer informs us that we will not be allowed
above ground while in North Dakota. NORTH DAKOTA!! Several of us were
led to a larger hanger-type room that had been quickly set up to
function as a laboratory. Resting on heavy jack stands in the middle
of the room was a large, disc-shaped craft. The chief scientist
present was introduced as Professor Bear. As his briefing and some
discussion proceeded, I rapidly developed a rapport with this
talented, open minded and gentle man.

The craft had crashed near Phoenix, Arizona and was moved to this
North Dakota base. Two dead alien bodies with fatal radiation exposure
were found outside the craft. I reflected on my OSS training for crash
retrieval and remembered thinking, "Why bother? We will never get a
chance to be involved in anything that exciting." Well, not only was I
involved, I was the security team leader. This meant that when the
craft was opened I would be the first one inside! After all, one does
not send a high-ranking officer or a chief scientist to possibly
encounter an alien booby trap or extraterrestrial virus. Come to think
of it the prospects did not excite me either. As Professor Bear
prepared his ultrasonic sound generators for opening the craft, my
apprehension turned to intensity; after all, this is what my training
was for.

As the "Bear" turned his equipment on the smooth solid metal surface
of the craft began to ripple like when you throw a stone in the water.
When the ripples seemed to gain harmonic stability the now liquid
metal parted in a circular iris-like fashion. As I stepped inside I
noticed a fresh pine scent and a strange smoothness to everything. The
interior was rounded off and continuous with no seams or rivets. It
was as if the walls, floor and ceiling were formed out of one piece of
metal. Even a table in the center of the craft looked as though it had
been pushed out of the floor. What appeared to be control panels had
no knobs, switches or dials. There were strange symbols highlighting
these futuristic yet simple consoles.

The outside of the craft had no apparent damage yet the interior
showed some distortion, possibly from the crash. Next to one of the
panels I could see something that would challenge my training and
challenge my perceptions of reality forever. The craft was just
another piece of hardware, but seated next to the panel was a human!
Its gender was obviously male. Aside from his unusual dress he could
have walked past you at the grocery store and not commanded much
attention. Upon noticing some injuries about his head I instinctively
and quickly moved toward him to help. His skin was a bronze color,
reminiscent of Mediterranean or South American cultures. His hair was
similarly brown and very short in a Roman or crew style cut. The only
real difference in appearance from earth humans was that his ears were
slightly pointed. He reminded me of pictures of Quetzacoatl, the deity
of the ancient Toltecs.

He was conscious and in great pain. One leg was partially pinned by
the shifting interior. I was examining cuts on his cheek and lip when
I first touched him. An overwhelming feeling of compassion came over
me as I heard his voice in my head. I could understand him clearly
even though his mouth did not move. The communication was strictly
telepathic. I perceived his fear of being harmed and told him that I
would not let anyone harm him. Suddenly, a voice from the doorway
refocused my attention on the duties at hand.

I called back that we had a live one. The craft filled with gloved and
masked medical personnel to help free the occupant. He was quickly
carried outside and placed on a gurney. I remarked that he felt heavy
for his size and a few others that had assisted agreed. As the alien
was whisked off for medical attention Professor Bear examined the
inside of the craft. He found what he thought was a star map depicting
the Constellation Eridanus and wondered if that might be where the
alien was from. After a brief discussion concerning the nature of the
communications, Bear asked me to accompany him to the medical lab. As
we talked along the way I referred to the alien being as "Hank." The
professor asked if that was the name the alien had given me. I
explained that it was not and that I had chosen that nickname based on
its Native American reference to a "troubled spirit." The professor
smiled and said, "Hank it is," and the name seemed to immediately stick.

In the antiseptic, impersonal medical room, Hank's discomfort was
compounded by his complete undressing. While still in great pain he
was examined from head to toe. No stone was left unturned, so to
speak. They treated him as if he were the baby of some rare animal
species being first born in captivity. It became evident that Hank
could not communicate with everyone involved so I was asked to be
translator. I had no trouble understanding that the normal anesthetic
we were administering had little or no effect. Suddenly, with Hank's
discomfort still a concern, everyone's attention became divided
between the being and a new person arriving on the scene.

This new person was obviously important yet seemed to make everyone
uneasy. Even Hank recoiled in fear when he came close. He barked a few
stern orders and several people, myself included, marched into a
nearby conference room. The man introduced himself as Frank Drake and
told us he was head of the operation. The reports would hence forth be
titled "Project OZMA" (with an "S"). As the sound of his continued
briefing faded into a day dream I thought that my regimented life had
just jumped track and was now speeding off in a totally new direction.

This extraordinary story, according to the witness, is not fiction.
Oscar is a simple country person from rural Missouri where he lives
with his wife, three children and a menagerie of stray animals. His
life is seemingly uncomplicated and unhurried. However, his eyes
reflect a clarity indicative of inner knowledge and understanding. We
first came to meet this man as the result of a lead from nuclear
physicist and renowned UFOlogist, Stanton T. Friedman. At the "Show Me
UFO Conference 1989" in St. Louis, Friedman asked Bruce Widaman, State
Director of Missouri MUFON, if he would attempt to locate a witness
that called responding to the "Unsolved Mysteries" show on the Roswell
crash. The person in question had possibly been involved in a crash
retrieval while in the military. The tip had come from a former
neighbor of Oscar's.

Widaman, of course, agreed to follow up since Friedman felt the
investigation should be handled locally. It was known that the witness
did not have a phone. So with little less than a name, town and rumor
to go on, the search began. Widaman and Alex Horvat, Public
Information Officer for Missouri MUFON, arrived in the small town near
St. Louis after dark. After questioning a girl at a local convenience
mart no further leads were found. Horvat suggested checking the local
bar. This produced a description of a front yard that might be the
elusive witness'. After driving up and down the lane several times,
one yard seemed more appropriate than the others so they hesitantly
stopped. Stepping from the car into the country night proved harrowing
enough as several large dogs snarled and barked from the surrounding
darkness. Widaman was further unnerved when a large black dog began
licking his hand as he knocked on the door. Not knowing whether he was
being greeted or tasted by the animal, Widaman was relieved to see
someone answer. After a brief explanation of who and what our
investigators were, an invitation to sit and talk came as a positive
sign. The stranger did not know where "Bill," the name given Friedman
was, but that he was his brother. After Widaman and Horvat explained
their purpose and some of their feelings and ideas he finally conceded
that he was in fact the man they were looking for. He explained that
his real name was Oscar and that the name "Bill" had been given so he
would know where any inquiries were coming from.

As Oscar told the story that began this article it became obvious that
because of his military background, the name was necessary for his
protection. The account unfolded further to reveal horrible injustices
to Hank and to Oscar himself. At the direction of Drake, the team
conducted medical experiments such as spinal taps, marrow sampling,
taking organ specimens and other exploratory surgery on Hank without
anesthsia. Oscar had spent many hours over three months communicating
with and growing close to the alien. One day he stepped between Drake
and Hank with his .45 caliber pistol drawn and demanded an end to the
torture. Drake withdrew but the next monring Oscar had new orders to
depart immediately for Saint Albans Hospital in Connecticut where he
was incarcerated for debriefing. He remained isolated for several
months until the efforts of Lt. Charles Turner, Oscar's commanding
officer, got him moved to a psychiatric ward. His family, who had now
been out of touch with him for almost three months, was told that
Oscar had suffered a head injury during a submarine accident. After
spending time under psychiatric care, which would damage his military
record, he was oddly enough given an honorable discharge.

After having returned to civilian life Oscar and his father embarked
on a hiking trip to North Dakota. They purposely entered the
restricted area surrounding the base where Oscar had been stationed.
Perimeter patrol picked them up for removal from the area. While in
their company Oscar asked how Hank was doing. One of the guards
confided that the alien had died several months earlier.

The next trip out to the country included myself and David Rapp, a
physicist with 13 years experience in the aerospace industry and also
Director of Investigations for Missouri MUFON. Because of our
backgrounds in science, the discussion focused on technical questions
about Oscar's experiences. After questioning the logistics of a tunnel
system stretching from California to North Dakota to Washington, DC,
it became evident that this was not feasible. With careful questioning
it was discovered, according to Oscar, that the tunnels only went a
short distance and did not actually connect to the North Dakota base.
The capsule shuttle was accelerated and then a time/space window
simultaneously opened. The "exit door" of the time/space window
simultaneously opened at the r prescribed destination where the
capsule would appear in a tunnel and decelerate. The technology was
supposedly a combination of our own knowledge, rooted in the
Philadelphia experiment, and acquired alien technology. Oscar also
talked about the geological location of time/space/dimension doors.
These places allow the easy entry of extraterrestrial craft into our
atmosphere. Two such large natural doorways were reported to be just
northeast of Seattle, Washington and south of the Apostle Islands in
Lake Superior.

The pattern from the panel inside the ship was confirmed by Rapp to
match stars of the Constellation Eridanus as seen from earth. It was
later confirmed by Hank that the stars of origin of his people were
Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridani. In later sessions Oscar discussed some
reasons for the presence of the aliens. He said they do not like the
situation with some of the small grey aliens. He corrected us when we
used the term "grey" and said they were actually white. The Tau
Cetians feel the abductions being carried out by some of the greys are
a great injustice to humanity. "They are a parasitic race that has and
is praying on human civilizations throughout the universe," Oscar
relayed. He added that our government's involvement with the greys is
very dangerously out of control. He described them as "bug people" and
said they are actually closer to plant life than mammalian. Oscar is
adamant that the bug people are using human fluids for sustenance.
They feed by immersing their arms in vats and/or rubbing the fluids on
their bodies. He claims that they are also kidnapping children. The
Tau Cetians have been preyed upon by these aliens before and they are
working with other races and communities that were also victims. One
such race that Oscar claims was run off their home planet by the bug
people was what we now call the Nordics or Plieadians (Plejarans). He
claims, because of his ongoing contacts, he was made aware of the
Billy Meier case in Switzerland and swears that is a real contact.
Oscar's comments about the bug people do not necessarily apply to all
races of grey aliens, only those he claims are working with
governments of the world to gain power with no concern for humanity.

I find all of these comments interesting especially when you consider
one investigative detail of this case. I have seen Oscar's house, his
Mother's house, his work shop and truck, and at no time were any
books, magazines, transcripts of movies about any subject, let alone
recent UFO material found. When asked about the strange absence of
reading material, he claims that if he wants to know something he
merely concentrates on it and the answer comes to him via his alien
friends. Could he be an avid reader of the latest and most
controversial UFO documents and just be hiding them when we came over?
This is highly unlikely since without a phone, our visits were always
unannounced.

While undergoing debriefing, a friend of Oscar's began sending his
personal belongings from his locker to his family. Oscar had hidden a
Polaroid picture of Hank from one of the files in his locker. He had
the picture in his possession for two years before military
intelligence people came and asked for it back. He returned the
picture but had many Xerox copies hidden. One of these copies was
enhanced by an artist so that anyone having profound abduction
experiences with grey aliens will recognize the Tau Cetians. He wants
people to know that if they are contacted by the Tau Cetians to not be
afraid because they are here to help.

This attitude is reflected in correlations with a totally independent
case involving a woman from Springfield, Illinois. Jill Waldport
appears to have an ongoing and very serious involvement with grey
aliens. After Budd Hopkins spoke to her at length the case was
recommended to John Carpenter, State Section Director for Missouri
MUFON and myself. The intensity and detail of the case is reminiscent
of Debbie Tomies' (Cathy Davis) experiences. In my first interview
with Jill, she asked if anyone had ever been adbucted/contacted by
more than one race or group of aliens. I told her that it was reported
with some frequency and asked her which other ones she had seen with
the greys. She said that it was a totally separate contact and that
they did not like the greys.

When asked about their appearance she reported that they were human,
approximately five and a half feet in height, 180-200 pounds but not
fat, tanned looking skin with short hair cuts that laid flat against
their heads. I asked her to describe their eyes, ears, nose and mouth.
She said all features were essentially normal except that the nose was
broad and flat and their eyes were brown. Oscar reported the weight of
Hank to be 190 pounds and five feet seven inches tall. He also noted
the broad, flat nose.

Jill informed me that the aliens told her they didn't like what the
other aliens were doing without her consent. They had come to help her
learn how to protect herself. They explained that she needed to
psychically build a shield around, like a brick wall, when they came
for her. This would keep her from being deceived by their mind tricks.
She tried it the next time the greys came for her and it seemed to
work. At this point the correlation counter in my mind was working
overtime so I decided to go for gold and asked if they told her where
they came from. Believe it or not she replied, "Tau Seat-eye, does
that make any sense?" Later I mentioned to Oscar that I was
investigating a case that involved intense interaction with the greys
and Tau Cetians showing up to help. He asked where the case was from
and I told him near Springfield, Illinois. He rattled off a very
accurate description of Jill and said he was aware she had been contacted.

Horvat showed several pictures of people from the archives of UFOlogy,
one of which was Drake, to Oscar. He immediately picked Drake's photo
from the stack and one could see the anger come over his face at the
sight of this man. Follow up research by Horvat produced an
interesting set of circumstances. The crash in question happened in
1961. Some of you will remember that Drake headed project OZMA
Program, the predecessor to S.E.T.I. In 1961 Drake announced that
OZMA, in its search for intelligent extraterrestrial radio signals,
would first look to the stars Tau Ceti and Epsilon Eridani.

An interesting possible correlation with the predicted natural
time/space windows can be found by studying patterns on special energy
maps. On such map is a Bougguer gravity anomaly map. Oddly enough, a
fairly local low gravity area can be found at both locations mentioned
by Oscar. I encourage everyone to analyze these patterns further,
comparing them to possible underground alien bases, etc. My research
is finding some interesting patterns emerging by comparing the
location of gravity anomalies, geomagnetic anomalies, Indian
reservations, military bases and cavern entrances. These specialty
maps can be purchased at great prices from Geoscience Resources.

A final correlation involves yet another abductee/contactee case who
claims profound dowsing ability among other unique traits. Oscar told
us that he moved to his present residence because of instructions by
the aliens. The property supposedly has lines of energy (Ley Lines)
that intersect to form a triangle and create some energy vortexes that
make it easier to communicate and visit with him. He described a
clearing in the woods behind his house where they best talk to him.
Being a good scientist I like to test these things out so it was time
for a double blind study. Lynn Cavins, the contactee with dowsing
ability, was only told we were going to a special place to conduct an
experiment. She identified a line of energy there and a whirlpool of
energy but the real surprise came when we let her go wherever the rods
took her. Without being told a single thing about the location or the
owner, she wandered around approximately 5 acres of land and came upon
a clearing in the woods. With a look of wonder on her face she said,
"Oh my god, this is where he comes to talk to the aliens isn't it?"

As one can imagine there are many other facets and correlation's to
this case that space does not allow for. The telepathic communication
continues as well as occasional physical visitation. Several of
Oscar's friends and family have witnessed crafts in the air and other
paranormal phenomena associated with his contacts. An interaction
between Oscar and Davins has begun and promises to be very
interesting. Strange things happen when two contactees get together.
Many things about this case may seem hard to believe and even harder
to prove, but I feel a good scientist will go where the data takes him
and not pre-judge. Always keep an open mind.
_________
This article was originally published with permission in the Missing
Link magazine.

Aloha all, I'm about to depart shortly for Italy where I'll be
speaking at one of the biggest UFO conferences ever held in Europe. It
will be hosted in Calabria, Italy, and is supported by the University
of Calabria and other regional organizations.

The title is I SIMPOSIO INTERNAZIONALE DI ESOBIOLOGIA, UFOLOGIA ED
ESOPOLITICA or First International Simposium of Exobiology, Ufology
and exopolitics, and is organized by Italy΄s National UFO Centre
(CUN). The conference convenor is Dr Roberto Pinotto who heads the
Italian UFO organization, Centro Ufologico Nazionale.

The conference will be hosting some of the leading researchers in
UFOlogy, Exobiology and Exopolitics. Given the greater openess in
Italy and Europe more generally to UFO research, this promises to be
quite an event. I highly recommend that those in the vicinty attend
and hear what transpires which I anticipate to be groundbreaking.

For conference details, please go to:
http://www.cun-italia.net/documenti/calabria/programma2.htm.

In peace

Michael Salla, Ph.D
www.exopolitics.org

Aloha all, here is a very important initiative involving the drafting
of a bill concerning Extraterrestrial Contact. This would supercede
the Extraterrestrial Exposure Law which was passed by NASA in 1969 and
despite being later withdrawn from the Federal Code of Regulation, it
remains on reserve and can be immediately recalled if the need arises,
or for its clandestine use by the legal counsels of various government
agencies. I believe that this is secretly occuring, for more info go
to: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/exopolitics/message/187

The sponsor of the Extraterrestrial Contact Law is Darryl Anka who is
the brother of the famous singer Paul Anka, and who channels the ET
entity Bashar. The website for the initiative is:
http://www.contactact.org/

In peace,

Michael Salla, PhD

*********
Source: http://www.contactact.org/eca_bill.htm

THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL CONTACT ACT - A BILL

To establish a protocol to allow public interaction with
Extraterrestrial Intelligences that may make, or express a desire to
make peaceful contact with the people of Earth.

     Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the
United States of America in Congress assembled.

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.

This Act may be cited as the `Extraterrestrial Contact Act of 2005'.

SEC. 2. ESTABLISHMENT OF PUBLIC RIGHTS AND PROCEDURES PRIOR TO
ACTIVATION OF CONTACT PROTOCOL.

(1) Upon enactment of this Act, all members of the public, whether
individual or in groups, shall immediately have --

(a ) The irrevocable right to freely interact, associate and
communicate with Extraterrestrial Intelligences, whether on or off the
Earth, within the guidelines set forth in the Contact Protocol; and

(b ) The irrevocable right to freely discuss, record, transcribe and
communicate to others, within the guidelines of the Contact Protocol,
the nature and content of such interactions, associations and
communications with Extraterrestrial Intelligences.

(2) Upon enactment of this Act, the Extraterrestrial Contact Act
organization ("ECA") shall immediately and irrevocably have –

(a ) The right to globally promote similar versions of this Act and
its Contact Protocol and to lobby for its adoption by other nations of
Earth; and

(b) The right to suggest additions, deletions and/or other changes to
the Contact Protocol, and the right to receive and coordinate
suggestions for additions, deletions and/or changes to the Contact
Protocol from the citizens of each nation; and

(c ) The right to establish, oversee and conduct an international
voting procedure by which the leaders of each nation, as
representatives of its citizens, can cast one vote per nation either
for or against such additions, deletions and/or other changes; and

(d ) The right to officially add, delete and/or make changes to the
Contact Protocol upon the ECA's confirmation of majority approval of
such additions, deletions and/or other changes.


SEC. 3. CONTACT PROTOCOL.

In the event that an Extraterrestrial Intelligence makes, attempts to
make, or expresses a desire to make peaceful contact with the people
of Earth, the President of the United States shall --

(1) Make every reasonable effort to establish contact with the
Extraterrestrial Intelligence and to confirm, in a timely manner,
their peaceful intentions and that such Intelligence poses no
biological danger or other unintended threat or harm to Earth; and

(2) Upon confirmation of the Extraterrestrial's peaceful intentions
and absence of biological or other danger, threat or harm, immediately
order the stand down and cessation of all military, agency,
departmental, public, corporate or private activities that might be
reasonably interpreted by the Extraterrestrial as a refusal of contact
or a threat to the Extraterrestrial's safety and security; and

(3) Immediately inform the leaders of all other nations, the
representatives of the United Nations, NASA, SETI and the ECA, via the
organization's Executive Director ("Director"), of the existence and
nature of the Extraterrestrial contact and to include the above
individuals and organizations in any discussions with respect to the
content of all public announcements revealing the Extraterrestrial's
existence or nature to the public; and

(4) Within twenty four hours thereafter, make a globally-televised
public announcement of the existence and nature of the
Extraterrestrial contact; and

(5) Immediately schedule and facilitate a globally-televised
interaction between the Extraterrestrial Intelligence, the President,
the representatives of the United Nations, NASA, SETI and the ECA in
order to freely negotiate, establish, coordinate and conduct a
protocol for peaceful, continuing, global and mutually beneficial
relations with the Extraterrestrial Intelligence and its respective
society.

Upon establishment of contact and interaction with any
Extraterrestrial Intelligence, the ECA shall --

(1) Create reports containing all the details of contact and the
progress of the interaction with the Extraterrestrial Intelligence, if
any, not later than 90 days after the initiation of such contact and
every six months thereafter for the duration of the interaction; and

(2) Make those reports a matter of public record and available to the
public upon request for a reasonable fee to cover costs of
duplication, mailing, on-line services and other reasonable charges; and

(3) Announce the progress of the interaction, if any, to the public
every six months via televised and website-posted reports.

SEC. 4. DEFINITIONS.

(1) The term `Extraterrestrial Intelligence' means any consciousness,
entity or sentient being, whether individual or collective, physically
corporeal, incorporeal or inter-dimensional, whose point of origin is
other than from Earth or Earth's spatial or temporal plane of existence.

(2) The term `Earth' means the planet in its entirety and its distinct
components, including the people of Earth and all natural and
artificial infrastructures, biosystems, ecosystems and geosystems.

(3) The term `biological danger' means a pathogen, chemical, or other
organism, substance, procedure, device or agent that would cause
physical threat, harm, death or destruction to Earth, its people, its
natural and artificial infrastructures, biosystems, ecosystems and
geosystems.

(4) The term `peaceful' means inclined or disposed to peace; devoid of
violence or force; without recourse to warlike methods.

SEC. 5. RELATED SUBJECTS INCLUDED IN THIS ACT.

The potential impact and effects of contact with an Extraterrestrial
Intelligence on the social, political, economic, religious, cultural,
psychological and other aspects of human society are difficult to
predict and thus, these subjects are beyond the scope of this Act,
excepting that --

(1) In the understanding that such open contact and subsequent
interaction with an Extraterrestrial Intelligence might conceivably
generate both profound and subtle changes in the above aspects of
society as a whole, or to individuals within it, it is the intention
and purpose of this Act that --

(a) Its enactment will mitigate, or lessen, any such changes and/or
effects that might be deemed harmful to those aspects; and

(b) Its enactment will help to generate positive and constructive
changes and effects by preparing human society in advance for such
initial changes and their effects; and

(c ) Its enactment will allow for such preparation by educating the
public as to the possibility of contact with Extraterrestrial
Intelligence and through the establishment and promotion of the
Contact Protocol that will provide for an official, globally approved
and unified response to such contact; and

(d ) Its enactment and/or adoption will supercede and replace any
other policy or procedure pertaining to such contact presently in
place within any nation or organization; and

(e ) Its enactment will guarantee the irrevocable right of the public
to freely interact with Extraterrestrial Intelligences without
punitive consequences of any kind, barring infractions of laws in
force that do not contravene nor contradict the purpose and intention
of the Contact Protocol.

Aloha, I'm pleased to announce that DVD copies of my lectures at the
2004 and 2005 Exopolitics Expos are available for sale through the
Exopolitics.Org website.

DVD #1 - Lecture at First Annual Exopolitics Expo 2004.
Exopolitics: Political Implications of the Extraterrestrial Presence

DVD #2 - Lecture at Second Annual Exopolitics Expo 2005.
"The Motivation and Activities of Extraterrestrial Races"

Both DVD's are $20 (plus shipping/handling fees)

Please visit: http://www.exopolitics.org/DVD-page.htm

In peace,

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

Aloha, here's the latest press release for the forthcoming Hawaii
conference. The speaker list is almost confirmed and it will be a
powerful line up of distinguished speakers on the ET presence and
world peace.

In peace,
Michael Salla, PhD

****

Press Release:   Ambassador John McDonald confirms to speak at the
Extraterrestrial Civilizations & World Peace Conference.

June 9-11, 2006, Big Island, Hawaii.

[Kona, Hawaii, October 31, 2005]  Ambassador John W. McDonald is a man
who has devoted a lifetime to the art of peacemaking. An illustrious
icon in the field of international diplomacy, he has spent over 55
years championing projects related to world peace issues and affairs.
  Therefore, the Exopolitics Institute is extremely honored to present
Ambassador McDonald as our latest addition to the extraordinary
speaker list for the Extraterrestrial Civilizations & World Peace
Conference in June 2005.

A career diplomat for the U.S. Foreign Service over a 40 year period,
  John McDonald was appointed Ambassador twice by President Carter and
twice by President Reagan to represent the United States at various UN
World Conferences. Mr. John McDonald is currently Chairman and
co-founder of the Institute for Multi-Track Diplomacy, in Washington
D.C., which focuses on national and inter-national ethnic conflicts.
Deeply familiar with the challenges confronting the establishment of
peace around the globe, Ambassador McDonald will address the
conference topic of the implications of extraterrestrial civilizations
and the establishment of world peace.

Ambassador McDonald is the thirteenth confirmed speaker and only three
speakers remain to be announced to complete our group of conference
presenters.  Coming Soon ­pre/post conference events, including
workshops, seminars and dolphin boat swim excursions will be added to
the ET Civilizations and World Peace Conference website over the
coming months.

Conference seating will be limited, so plan your vacation and reserve
your conference pass today!

Other recent additions to our speaker list include Carlos Diaz, a
Mexican contactee famous for filming the 'ships of light' and
promoting peace and children's education initiatives around the world.
  Also, J.Z. Knight, founder of the Ramtha School of Enlightenment,
author of several books, and a featured speaker in the movie "What the
Bleep Do We Know" will share her insights as a presenter.  Ms. Knight
has been addressing audiences around the globe and receiving standing
ovations over her dynamic presentations on spirituality,
enlightenment, extraterrestrials and other related topics.

Conference information and registration can be found at:
http//:www.etworldpeace.com

We all can make a difference and help to effect this planetary change
toward a new vision of peace and compassion. New advances in quantum
physics are confirming what mystics and sages have stated for eons, we
all create our own reality - so take a few moments to visualize world
peace today and every day.  Dr. Michael Salla, the Exopolitics
Institute and I look forward to creating and sharing a remarkable,
inspiring and educational conference experience for all.

In Peace,
Angelika Whitecliff
Conference Co-organizer

The Exopolitics Institute is a non-profit organization based in
Kealakekua, Hawaii dedicated to studying the key political actors,
institutions and processes associated with credible evidence that
extraterrestrial races are visiting, monitoring or residing. For
support and membership information, please visit the Institute website
at:  http://www. ExopoliticsInstitute.com or phone: 808 323 3400

--

Aloha List, here's a fascinating set of emails concerning an alien
exchange program that allegedly began in 1965 and ended in 1978. The
original posting was sent by an 'Anonymous' to Victor Martinez who has
a fairly large list of UFO researchers, experiencers, etc.
Interestingly, three 'insiders' from Martinez's list have confirmed
various aspects of the story so I thought it worth forwarding. The
post below begins with the original posting by Anonymous I, and is
then followed by a short email by Richard Doty commenting on the file
number cited (elsewhere) by Anonymous, and then the commentary of the
three former 'insiders' who responded.

This story has much in common with Spielberg's Close Encounters so it
does tend to support the view that he was 'helped' with the script of
CE of the Third Kind.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org


*******
INITIAL E-MAIL BY "ANONYMOUS" aka "REQUEST ANONYMOUS"


VICTOR:

First let me introduce myself. My name is Request Anonymous. I am a
retired employee of the U.S. Government. I won't go into any great
details about my past, but I was involved in a special program.

As for Roswell, it occurred, but NOT like the story books tell. There
were two (2) crash sites. One southwest of Corona, New Mexico and the
second site at Pelona Peak, south of Datil, New Mexico.

The crash involved two (2) extraterrestrial aircraft. The Corona site
was found a day later by an archaeology team. This team reported the
crash site to the Lincoln County Sheriff's department. A deputy
arrived
the next day and summoned a state police officer. One live entity
[EBE]
was found hiding behind a rock. The entity was given water but
declined
food. The entity was later transferred to Los Alamos.

The information eventually went to Roswell Army Air Field. The site
was
examined and all evidence was removed. The bodies were taken to Los
Alamos National Laboratory because they had a freezing system that
allowed the bodies to remain frozen for research. The craft was
taken to
Roswell and then onto Wright Field, Ohio.

The second site was not discovered until August 1949 by two ranchers.
They reported their findings several days later to the sheriff of
Catron
County, New Mexico. Because of the remote location, it took the
sheriff
several days to make his way to the crash site. Once at the site, the
sheriff took photographs and then drove back to Datil.

Sandia Army Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico was then notified. A
recovery
team from Sandia took custody of all evidence, including six (6)
bodies.
The bodies were taken to Sandia Base, but later transferred to Los
Alamos.

The live entity established
communications with us and provided us with a location of his home
planet. The entity remained alive until 1952, when he died. But
before
his death, he provided us with a full explanation of the items found
inside the two crafts. One item was a
communication device. The entity was allowed to make contact with his
planet.

Somehow, I never knew this information, but a meeting date was set
for
April 1964 near Alamogordo New Mexico. The Aliens landed and
retrieved
the bodies of their dead comrades. Information was exchanged.
Communication was in English. The aliens had a translation device.

In 1965, we had AN EXCHANGE PROGRAM WITH THE ALIENS. We carefully
selected 12 military personnel; ten (10) men and two (2) women. They
were trained, vetted and carefully removed from the military system.
The
12 were skilled in various specialities.

Near the northern part of the Nevada Test Site, the aliens landed and
the 12 Americans left. One entity was left on Earth. The original
plan
was for our 12 people to stay 10 years and then return to Earth.

But something went wrong. The 12 remained until 1978, when they were
returned to the same location in Nevada. Seven (7) men and one (1)
woman
returned. Two (2) died on the alien's home planet. Four (4) others
DECIDED TO REMAIN, according to the returnees. Of the eight (8) that
returned, all have died. The last survivor died in 2002.

The returnees were isolated from 1978 until 1984 at various military
installations. The Air Force Office of Special Investigation (AFOSI)
was
responsible for their security and safety. AFOSI also CONDUCTED
DEBRIEFING SESSIONS WITH THE RETURNEES.

I have never seen or read anything about the exchange program. I once
heard a little bit of information from Linda Howe, but she didn't
have
much information.

I've monitored your e-mails for about six (6) months. I've read e-
mails
from you and others. But I've never seen nor heard the truth about
the
real Roswell incident or the exchange program.

I'd like to hear what others say about this.

ANONYMOUS

______________________

From: "RICK DOTY" <rickdoty166@...>
To: "Capt Bob Collins, Ret, USAF" <cosifan@...>,
"Victor Martinez" <victorgm@...>
...

Subject: Re: Alien Shocker: 12 Americans sent to alien planet in
exchangeprogram!
Date: Thu, 3 Nov 2005 22:59:21 -0700

Like I said before, I was never involved in this program. The file
number given by (whoever) 80HQD893-020 looks like an OSI file
number. The first number is the year, the second number would be
the OSI district generating the file, in this case headquarters.
The third number is a category number, which I don't recognize and
the last number just a sequence number. All this is new to me.
Pretty interesting. Hope they provide more!


----- Original Message -----
From: Victor Martinez
To: Capt Bob Collins, Ret, USAF

- COMPILATION E-MAIL TO UFO THREAD LIST -

EDITOR's NOTE: On behalf of more government openness and less
secrecy,
many thanx to Gene Loscowski, Paul McGovern and Anonymous II for
their
valued participation and insightful comments on Anonymous I's initial
e-mail.

FAST FACT: ALL three (3) respondents agree with "Anonymous I" that
there
were 12 (twelve) people from the U. S. military sent to an alien
world
as part of an exchange program between us and the ETs, BUT disagree
that
any women went; all three (3) state that all 12 (twelve) were men.

They also all agree that "Anonymous I's" info on Roswell was 100%
accurate. Perhaps this stream will prompt "Anonymous I" -- who is on
the "cc" list -- to come out of the shadows to reconcile any
differences
between himself and the others.
----------------------------------------
Part 1: COMMENTARY FROM: GENE LOSCOWSKI

Part 2: COMMENTARY FROM: PAUL McGOVERN

Part 3: COMMENTARY FROM: 'ANONYMOUS II"

Part 4: ORIGINAL POSTING BY: "REQUEST ANONYMOUS" or "ANONYMOUS I"
----------------------------------------
Part 1:

COMMENTARY FROM GENE LOSCOWSKI

VICTOR:

WHO is this person?

MOST of the information is ABSOLUTELY CORRECT [in "Anonymous I's
e-mail]. However, I never heard of any females going. To the best
of my knowledge, we had 12 (twelve) men, all military men. Eight (8)
USAF, two (2) Army and two (2) Navy guys. I think the females are a
red herring. But maybe I just didn't have the clearance for that.

They left and was gone 20 years, as I was told. When they came back
they were put in quarantine for 365 days at the complex. Only eight
(8) came back, that much is right. Two (2) died a few years into
their assignment on the Visitor's planet. Two (2) others decided to
remain and maybe are still alive today. Since their return, all have
died. The last being in 2003 in a VA hospital.

As for the Roswell incident. Whomever sent the e-mail is correct.

The complete debriefing is contained in: "PROJECT SERPO," Final
Report-80HQD893-020, classified TS, Codeword. Ask [Rick] Doty about
that report because I think it is an OSI report. Paul [McGovern]
should be commenting on this since he was involved in the
debriefing.

GENE LOSCOWSKI
----------------------------------------
Part 2:

COMMENTARY FROM PAUL McGOVERN


Interesting but not totally correct [commenting on Anonymous I's
original e-mail].

As for the Roswell incident: ABSOLUTELY RIGHT. Few people have ever
gotten it entirely correct. Two (2) crash sites, not one (1).

As for the exchange program: Unauthorized Release of Classified
Information, as I see it. But maybe someone currently within our
government wants it out.

NO females were sent. Twelve (12) men, all military. 8 USAF, 2
U.S. Army and 2 U.S. Navy. Two (2) were doctors; three (3) were
scientists; two (2) were language specialists; two (2) were security
personnel; two (2) were pilots and one (1) was the leader
(Colonel-AF).

All were sheep-dipped and COMPLETELY ERASED from the military roles.
I'm not totally sure of the training period, but I think it was about
six (6) months. They were able to transmit messages to Earth by means
of a communication system set up prior to their trip.

One (1) doctor and one (1) of the security personnel died three (3)
years into their visit. The doctor died of pneumonia and the security
guy died of an injury. The exchange team had to endure extreme
hardship adjusting to the environment of the visitor's planet.

The heat was extreme and took many years to adjust. The food was
something of a problem because the human system had problems
digesting
it. The team took enough food for two (2) years and rationed it
another eight (8) months, but eventually had to eat the visitor's
[Eben's: alien's name] food. This caused all team members
gastrointestinal problems. Eventually, they adjusted. The
visitors tried to create different foods but few worked.

The team was never isolated or restricted by the visitors. They could
travel as they wished and see whatever they wanted to see. After
about six (6) years, the team moved to a northern portion of the
visitor's planet, where the temperature was cooler and which
contained
ample vegatation.

The visitors built a small community for the [visiting Earth] team.
The only major problem was time. Time was different on the visitor's
planet. I don't think anyone ever figured it out. The visitors had
no clocks. They didn't judge or account for time as we did. The
visitors found our attempts to account for time strange.

The visitors were extremely disciplined in their daily lives. Every
visitor worked on a schedule, which was not [set] by a clock, but by
the movement of their sun. Each little community had a large tower,
which filtered the sun through. When the sun was at a particular
point on the tower, it meant the visitors had to do a particular
thing.

There was never complete darkness on the visitors planet. It got dim
but
not dark. The visitors had rest periods, but not like our sleep
periods. The visitors rested three (3) times during their sun
days. Our team determined their days were about 43 of our hours
before a work period. The visitors also didn't have months or
years.

MID-COURSE CORRECTION by Paul McGovern: I MISstated that. The ENTIRE
work period was approx. 43 hours. They had three (3) rest periods
within that 43 hours. That is still about 14 hours straight,...
couldn't get too many of our workers to do that!

They did have life periods, as our team coined it. It was impossible
to judge the visitor's age, although our team did find graves. The
population of the visitor's planet was about 650,000. There were
small communities throughout the planet. There were underground
rivers, which fed into open valleys. There was industry.

But all of the food was grown, either in fields or in large
buildings. They did have animals. Different types. Strange
large beasts, they used for work and other things, but no meat was
eaten. The geological make up of the planet was so much different
than ours. Few mountains, no oceans, some trees or something similar
to trees and no other civilization except the Ebens.

Everyone looked the same initially to our team. But after some time,
the team members learned to identify different Ebens by their
voices.
Although the Ebens couldn't speak English, they did make noises that
our
team members were able to translate into English. After five (5)
years, we had their language completely translated into English.

The complete debriefing accounts for about three (3,000) thousand
pages.


- PAUL McGOVERN
----------------------------------------
Part 3:

COMMENTARY BY ANONYMOUS II

VICTOR:

I would prefer you keep my name private.

But here is my evaluation of the information from "Anonymous."

1. As for the Roswell incident [described by Anonymous in his e-
mail]:
This was the story I read in the historical document called the "Red
Book." Almost exactly to the word [verifying its accuracy].

Although there were more details about the crash sites and what was
recovered [Anonymous' e-mail is overall very accurate].

2. As for the Exchange Program: I read about it but thought there
were
12 men [instead of 10 men and 2 women as reported by Anonymous]; I
don't
recall any women. But that was about all I knew. We did have a
special
unit that handled their debriefing but USAF positive intelligence was
also involved. I was never involved in that program, but I knew other
agents who were.

3. I'd like to contact this source. I have about a million questions
to
ask!

I heard Linda Howe speak about the exchange program some years ago. I
always wondered where she got her information.

Keep up the excellent work!

ANONYMOUS II
----------------------------------------
INITIAL E-MAIL BY "ANONYMOUS" aka "REQUEST ANONYMOUS"


VICTOR:

First let me introduce myself. My name is Request Anonymous. I am a
retired employee of the U.S. Government. I won't go into any great
details about my past, but I was involved in a special program.

As for Roswell, it occurred, but NOT like the story books tell. There
were two (2) crash sites. One southwest of Corona, New Mexico and the
second site at Pelona Peak, south of Datil, New Mexico.

The crash involved two (2) extraterrestrial aircraft. The Corona site
was found a day later by an archaeology team. This team reported the
crash site to the Lincoln County Sheriff's department. A deputy
arrived
the next day and summoned a state police officer. One live entity
[EBE]
was found hiding behind a rock. The entity was given water but
declined
food. The entity was later transferred to Los Alamos.

The information eventually went to Roswell Army Air Field. The site
was
examined and all evidence was removed. The bodies were taken to Los
Alamos National Laboratory because they had a freezing system that
allowed the bodies to remain frozen for research. The craft was
taken to
Roswell and then onto Wright Field, Ohio.

The second site was not discovered until August 1949 by two ranchers.
They reported their findings several days later to the sheriff of
Catron
County, New Mexico. Because of the remote location, it took the
sheriff
several days to make his way to the crash site. Once at the site, the
sheriff took photographs and then drove back to Datil.

Sandia Army Base, Albuquerque, New Mexico was then notified. A
recovery
team from Sandia took custody of all evidence, including six (6)
bodies.
The bodies were taken to Sandia Base, but later transferred to Los
Alamos.

The live entity established
communications with us and provided us with a location of his home
planet. The entity remained alive until 1952, when he died. But
before
his death, he provided us with a full explanation of the items found
inside the two crafts. One item was a
communication device. The entity was allowed to make contact with his
planet.

Somehow, I never knew this information, but a meeting date was set
for
April 1964 near Alamogordo New Mexico. The Aliens landed and
retrieved
the bodies of their dead comrades. Information was exchanged.
Communication was in English. The aliens had a translation device.

In 1965, we had AN EXCHANGE PROGRAM WITH THE ALIENS. We carefully
selected 12 military personnel; ten (10) men and two (2) women. They
were trained, vetted and carefully removed from the military system.
The
12 were skilled in various specialities.

Near the northern part of the Nevada Test Site, the aliens landed and
the 12 Americans left. One entity was left on Earth. The original
plan
was for our 12 people to stay 10 years and then return to Earth.

But something went wrong. The 12 remained until 1978, when they were
returned to the same location in Nevada. Seven (7) men and one (1)
woman
returned. Two (2) died on the alien's home planet. Four (4) others
DECIDED TO REMAIN, according to the returnees. Of the eight (8) that
returned, all have died. The last survivor died in 2002.

The returnees were isolated from 1978 until 1984 at various military
installations. The Air Force Office of Special Investigation (AFOSI)
was
responsible for their security and safety. AFOSI also CONDUCTED
DEBRIEFING SESSIONS WITH THE RETURNEES.

I have never seen or read anything about the exchange program. I once
heard a little bit of information from Linda Howe, but she didn't
have
much information.

I've monitored your e-mails for about six (6) months. I've read e-
mails
from you and others. But I've never seen nor heard the truth about
the
real Roswell incident or the exchange program.

I'd like to hear what others say about this.

ANONYMOUS

Aloha, here's a very well written article on the impact of the former
Canadian Defense Minister, Paul Hellyer, coming forward with his
belief in a decades long conspiracy to cover up the UFO phenomenon.

Hellyer's emergence is significant for a number of reasons. First, as a former
senior politician he will have significant influence with the current cadre of
Canadian politicians who begin to think about the UFO phenomenon. Having a
senior politician come forward to declare his views based on his own significant
political career, will help shape the views of others who seriously question
what has been Canada's official UFO policy.

Second, Hellyer relied on none other than Philip Corso to come forward with his
views. Corso's testimony was confirmed by Hellyer's confidential conversation
with a retired USAF general who said that everything Corso claimed was true and
more. This certainly adds to weight of evidence supporting Corso's testimony in
terms of official documents putting him in the key positions he claimed to have
served in.

Third, Hellyer demonstrates the approach that many senior politicians will take
to the UFO phenomenon. They are not likely to be impressed by the data base of
UFO sightings accumulated by many UFO researchers, but are more likely to be
convinced by the testimony of a whistleblower whose identity is informally
confirmed through one's system of contacts. This in my view points to emergence
of exopolitics as the more suitable approach to the indisputable government
cover up of UFO data and the ETH.

I think that the issue of whistleblower testimony again emerges as an important
source of data since senior politicians are likely to give more credence to
their inside contacts verifying whistleblower testimony than what is reported in
the mass media concerning UFO sightings. If there is one or more retired USAF
generals saying off the record to senior politicians that Corso was genuine,
this will silently continue to shape perceptions of politicians courageious
enough to inquire about the UFO phenomenon. Hellyer is the first of many
politicians who will openly come forward to support many views that are at the
heart of the exopolitics approach.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

************


Source: http://www.ufobc.ca/Beyond/exopolitics.htm

Paul Hellyer and the Politics of Exopolitics

By Gord Heath
Nov 5, 2005

Paul Hellyer
Former Canadian Minister of Defence

     Paul Hellyer, a former Minister of Defence in the Pearson
Government, has announced his belief that UFOs are real and that the
US is developing weapons systems for space which are to be used
against alien craft entering earth's airspace. He voiced his opinions
at the recent "2005 Toronto Exopolitics Symposium". Exopolitics is a
new term used to describe the study of the politics of
extraterrestrial contact. It is usually discussed in a context which
assumes that enough evidence exists from existing UFO reports to
conclude that some UFOs are craft that are piloted by beings
originating from other planets and solar systems. Hellyer's comments
received some coverage in the national media and stirred some interest
and reaction from the public, mostly from those who have some interest
in UFOs.

     Hellyer's History as Political Nomad

     Paul Hellyer was first elected as a Liberal from Toronto's
Davenport riding in 1949. He was, at that time, the youngest MP to
serve in Canada's parliament. He served as a parliamentary assistant
to the Minister of National Defence and then went on to serve as the
Associate Minister of Defence in the cabinet of Prime Minister Louis
Saint-Laurent. He later served as Minister of National Defence in
Prime Minister Pearson's cabinet in the mid 1960s and served as
Minister of Transport in the cabinet of Prime Minister Trudeau. His
most notable and controversial achievement was the integration and
unification of Canada's army, navy and air forces into a single
organization, the Canadian Forces. At the time, unification sparked
considerable negative reaction from many members of the armed forces
who objected to the manner in which military traditions such as
separate and unique uniforms were discarded.

     After resigning from cabinet in a dispute with Trudeau, Hellyer
sat as an independent and later formed a political party, the Action
Canada Party, before crossing to join the Progressive Conservative
Party. He failed in a run for the leadership of the PCs before leaving
that party to rejoin the Liberals where he failed to secure a
nomination. He later went on to form the Canadian Action Party in 1995.

     In terms of influence, the peak of his political career was
probably in his earlier years when he served as a cabinet minister.
His political views gravitated towards concerns about the threats to
Canada's sovereignty posed by US political and economic influence in
Canadian affairs. In recent years he is one of many prominent
Canadians who have opposed Canadian support and participation in the
US National Missile Defense program (NMD) and supported calls for a
ban on weapons in space.

     It is through these contacts that he began to encounter the views
of persons who believe that the US is planning space based weapons
systems to be deployed against ET controlled vehicles entering earth's
atmosphere from space.

     Paul Hellyer states that his beliefs in ET visitation do not
relate back to insider knowledge obtained from his time spent as
Minister of National Defence from 1963 to 1967. At that time he was
largely consumed by other pressing public policy priorities and paid
scant attention to high profile UFO encounters like the Shag Harbour,
Nova Scotia incident in October 1967 or the Falcon Lake, Manitoba
encounter in May 1967 where Stephen Mickalak received chest burns from
a hovering UFO.

     Roswell Writings Change Hellyer's Views

     Hellyer states his recent interest in UFOs was prompted by viewing
Peter Jennings TV documentary on the topic. He later read "The Day
After Roswell" by Col. Philip J. Corso, who once served as the head of
the Foreign Technology Desk at the US Army's Research and Development
department. In his book, Corso asserts that parts from a crashed alien
vehicle were recovered from the July 1947 incident at Roswell, New
Mexico which the US Army Air Force later explained as a weather
balloon. Corso states some parts were transferred to a "file cabinet"
at the Pentagon where they were used to guide developments in several
technologies such as integrated circuits, night vision systems and lasers.


     Col. Philip John Corso
     Author of controversial book, "The Day After Roswell"

     Many UFOlogists dispute conclusions that a UFO crashed at Roswell,
New Mexico in 1947. Others do not believe Corso's specific allegations
in his book relating to his role in applying ET derived technologies
from this alleged crashed UFO to practical recent technological
innovations. Stanton Friedman is a nuclear physicist who investigated
Roswell and has books about the Roswell crash and MJ-12, the alleged
top secret US committee created to study UFOs. Friedman, who now
resides in New Brunswick, casts doubts on Corso's claims that he was
the central figure responsible for seeding technology derived from
wreckage taken from the ET spaceship which (allegedly) crashed at
Roswell. In response to those who question how he came to believe the
contents of this specific book, Hellyer states that he personally
spoke with an unnamed US General who assured him that all of this and
more was true.

     Exopolitics Versus the UFO Fundamentalists

     For some UFOlogists, Hellyer's foray into Exopolitics was not
welcomed. The very notion of a study of the politics of
extraterrestrial contact is hotly contested by many as they feel that
UFOlogists must focus on the scientific investigation of UFO
phenomena. Some reason that there is insufficient evidence to conclude
that some UFOs may be vehicles incorporating technology far beyond
those developed by earth civilization.

     The reality is that all of this is mostly a debate happening
amongst a very small group of researchers and interested persons that
has little measurable impact on the information shared through mass
media outlets like television, radio and newspapers.

     There are few celebrities of any sort who want to risk their
profile and public following to publicly state their views on the
possible importance posed by UFO encounters, especially if some have
extraterrestrial origins. Few politicians have been brave enough to
face the ridicule posed by suggesting there might be anything
worthwhile to gain through the study of UFOs. President Carter and
President Reagan both spoke about personal UFO encounters but made few
other public statements about the policy implications posed by these
events.

     It might be expected that any viewpoint supporting the possible
reality of ET visitation to the planet might be welcomed by those
UFOlogist's who claim to be open to this possibility. But due to deep
divisions between some UFOlogists and persons who advance the study of
exopolitics, this has not been the case.

     As an example, Paul Hellyer's statements to the Exopolitics
conference in Toronto were mocked and ridiculed by filmmaker Paul
Kimball of Redstar Films based in Halifax, Nova Scotia. Kimball's
views are of some significance as he is one of the few Canadians to
have an interest and financial stake in producing documentary films on
UFO related topics. His documentaries include "Stanton T. Friedman IS
Real" and "Do You Believe in Majic?" He is currently working on film
documentaries on cattle mutilations and the ten best UFO cases.

     Kimball Believes Hellyer Should Have Known UFO Secrets


     Paul Kimball
     UFO Documentary Filmmaker

     One of Kimball's posts on his weblog "The Other Side of Truth"
(http://redstarfilms.blogspot.com/) was largely focussed on heaping
scorn on Hellyer's nomadic political career "Ladies and Gentlemen –
Meet the REAL Paul Hellyer". His earlier post on Hellyer "Paul Hellyer
– The Big Fish Flops" raised more specific issues relating to
Hellyer's statement. Kimball's opinion is that if anyone would know
about UFO secrets, it would have been Hellyer:

     "Because if anyone in Canada would have known about the Cosmic
Watergate, and UFO secrets, and alien bases, etc. etc., it would have
been the Minister of National Defence in the mid 1960s."

     This statement assumes that the Minister of National Defence is
privy to all secrets contained within the Department of National
Defence. It further assumes that any questions concerning the security
implications of UFO incursions into Canadian air space would require a
continuing policy review from the Minister of National Defence. What
if Canadian policy on the security implications of UFOs was already
determined by our participation in NORAD continental air defence,
established back in the early 1950s?

     US Policy Was to Debunk UFOs

     There is documentation to suggest that there was considerable
concern about the possible security risks posed by UFOs during the
early post World War 2 time period. The US Air Force initiated several
studies of UFOs to evaluate the potential threat to national security.
It was initially thought that the UFOs might be secret weapons
produced by Germany or the Soviet Union. It was later determined that
the UFOs were not foreign developed weapons systems and one study in
the US Air Force concluded some UFOs possibly had an "interplanetary
origin". In his UFO books, Major Donald Keyhoe documented the struggle
in the US Air Force between those who favoured open sharing and
disclosure of UFO information with the public and "the silence group"
who feared that the public was not prepared for this information and
wanted to keep all unsolved reports secret.

     The CIA sponsored Robertson Panel Report in 1953 appears to have
set the policy direction for US government agencies including
intelligence and military agencies regarding UFOs. It suggested that
the credible UFO reports should be debunked, that only reports of
easily explainable occurrences of meteors and such should be
publicized, and that the activities of civilian UFO study groups
should be monitored. It was concluded that there was no evidence that
UFOs posed a specific security threat to the US, but that the
reporting of UFOs might trigger the mass hysteria that was observed
following the radio broadcast of "The War of the Worlds". The panel
felt that the mass media could be used to discredit UFO sightings. It
was also concluded that there was no evidence that UFOs were actually
advanced vehicles piloted by beings from other planets.

     The official study of UFOs by the US Air Force did continue
through Project Blue Book until the 1968 University of Colorado
"Condon Committee Report" advised that Blue Book should be shutdown as
there was nothing further to be gained from the study of UFOs. But
even though Project Blue Book continued through the 1950s to the late
1960s, it was largely ineffectual in conducting serious research into
UFOs and its direction was largely to abide by the policy framework
established through the Robertson Panel Report.

     The more serious and contentious question is whether some persons
connected with the study of UFOs decided to continue studies in a
compartmentalized and secret organization and program. Those who
support this view refer to documentation suggesting such a group,
possibly called MJ-12, has been operating in the US since the late
1940s or early 1950s. A key contention is that the existence of this
organization and its activities are hidden behind walls of internal
security from any and all elected and publicly accountable officials
such as presidents, cabinet members, senators and members of congress.
This secrecy is allegedly maintained by threats and intimidation.
While some information does leak out, it is countered by the
deliberate leakage of "disinformation" which masks the truth behind
many seemingly related but false or partially false allegations.

     Some theorists believe that some of the information about these
programs is released in a controlled manner to eventually prepare the
public for a broader and more open disclosure of the real history of
UFO studies.

     What About Canada?

     Did Canada have an active UFO study program in the mid-sixties?
Did the Canadian government ever formally establish a policy direction
concerning the potential national security implications posed by UFOs?

     While there has certainly been many UFO encounters involving RCAF
aircraft and radar installations, there does not seem to exist a paper
trail showing the policy direction that guided reaction to these
events. The RCAF did perform some study of UFO incidents, but there is
not any clear indication of the policy objective that framed this
study. It is quite possible that the elected arm of the Canadian
government, the PMO and cabinet, have never prepared a policy
directive concerning the study of and response to UFO incidents.
Perhaps there has never been sufficient pressure to require a
government policy response. Perhaps government bureaucracy including
National Defence has preferred to set their own internal policy. The
media has largely ignored reporting of UFO events since the 1950s and
the public is itself fragmented by differing belief systems and
focussed on more tangible and immediate priorities.

     In Canada, the study of UFOs was offloaded to the National
Research Council in 1968, the year that the US disbanded the USAF
"Project Blue Book" study of UFOs. There were few scientists at NRC
who harboured any willingness to show interest in the objective study
of a "frivolous topic" like UFOs, except for the purposes of finding
and locating fallen meteorites. The timing of the offload of UFO study
responsibility suggests that Canada was simply following the US lead
in its policy towards the study of UFOs.

     Since the mid 1950s, Canada has participated in NORAD which
provides security of Canadian and US air space from foreign
incursions. The response to any unidentified return that shows up on
NORAD radar systems would abide by the policies and regulations
established by the joint US and Canadian NORAD command structure. It
is therefore quite likely that our response to UFOs detected by the
military would abide by NORAD policies which are likely largely
developed by US military strategists.

     It is theoretically possible that the US has actually discouraged
Canadian government research into UFOs because they might be concerned
that the results of such studies might be released to the public or
may be obtained by competing foreign governments.

     There Never Was a Project Magnet

     It is difficult to catch Paul Kimball's line of reasoning on
Hellyer. Apparently he sees Hellyer's disclosure that as a defence
minister, he knew little or nothing about UFOs as proof positive that
the Canadian government has never had an interest in UFOs. He might be
right that most people in government were at most puzzled by what they
heard. But there were certainly some people in the Canadian military
that had to be concerned about what was reported by pilots and radar
observers in various military encounters with UFOs.

     Kimball goes on to say "There was no super secret Wilbert Smith
research project" in his efforts to debunk the notion that the
Canadian government ever had any interest in studying UFOs. The
project he is referring to is "Project Magnet", a program run by
Department of Transport scientist, Wilbert Smith.

     The project was concerned with the idea that the earth's magnetic
field might be the force used by the flying saucers for their
propulsion. It later led to a small UFO detection station at Shirley
Bay near Ottawa, Ontario. Project Magnet was funded by government from
1950 to 1954 and the UFO detection station was publicly funded from
1952 to 1954. Although the project was supposedly secret, the UFO
detection station was written about in several newspaper articles. It
appears that publicity surrounding the station possibly contributed to
the government's decision in 1954 to discontinue funding for the project.


     Flying Saucer Detection Station at Shirley Bay near Ottawa

         This photograph was published in the Toronto Globe and Mail,
on the same day as a USAF F-89 disappeared after merging with a UFO on
radar in Canadian air space over Lake Superior.

     Paul Kimball goes on to state "There was no secret plan to get an
alien spacecraft to land in Alberta". I guess the point here is to
disprove any notion that the Canadian military had any interest in the
UFO phenomena. Here Kimball must be referring to the article printed
in the Ottawa Journal in July 1967, "UFO Landing Site was 13 Year
Secret". The article states "The Canadian Government 13 years ago made
available the defence research board experimental station at Suffield,
Alberta as a landing site for Unidentified Flying Objects, defence
minister Paul Hellyer has now disclosed." The article goes on to state:

     "Nothing ever materialized from that top secret project. No
extraterrestrial flying objects ever sought to land on that 1000
square mile restricted tract of land over which no aircraft, civilian
or military, was allowed to fly without special permission. The idea
behind the classified project was that if any UFO tried to make
contact with earth it could land at the DRB station without being shot
down by defence interceptors."


     CFB Suffield

         This Canadian Forces Base is located northwest of Medicine
Hat, Alberta. For decades it was Canada's primary research centre into
chemical and biological weapons. It is also alleged to have been
designated as a top secret reserved "UFO landing site" back in the
early 1950s.

     Yurko Bondarchuk refers to the alleged site in his 1979 book "UFO
Sightings, Landings and Abductions – The Documentary Evidence". He
revealed that Captain Douglas Caie, Public Information Officer from
National Defence Headquarters in Ottawa stated regarding the alleged
UFO landing site at Suffield "We have no record of any such program…
From the information I have, we never had one."

     According to the 1973 book "Aliens from Space" by Donald Keyhoe,
US Air Force intelligence learned of the restricted landing site at
Suffield in 1954. According to Keyhoe, the site was established when
efforts by the RCAF to "bring down" a UFO failed. The intent was to
lure the aliens into landing but there was apparently nothing to
indicate the area was reserved for alien machines.

     In the 1950s through to the 1970s, the experimental station at
Suffield was Canada's main centre for research into chemical and
biological WMDs (weapons of mass destruction). This included the
testing of mustard gas and sarin on soldiers and other human test
subjects. Suffield was also the primary Canadian test site for
biological weapons such as anthrax, plague, ricin and botulinum toxin.
It is also alleged that the RCAF has engaged in many pursuits of UFOs
with its fighter jets since the 1950s. It is perhaps little wonder
that the UFOs would not choose to land at a site controlled by
Canadian National Defence which is devoted to chemical and biological
weapons research.

     What was the source for this story? Why would the government
designate a military base as a "safe landing site" for UFOs?

     AFFA and PONNAR Orbit Earth and Make Contact

     What I have found quite interesting about this, aside from
Kimball's denials, is the whole history of Smith as it relates to
Canada's UFO studies of that period. While investigating this whole
episode of the alleged UFO landing site at Suffield, I was quite
surprised to find out that there might be a connection between this
"bit of Canadian UFO fantasy" and our favourite UFO/ET proponent,
Wilbert Smith. This story goes back to a UFO researcher named Grant
Cameron. Through his interest of the alleged alien landing site at
Suffield, he engaged Hellyer in a long period of correspondence with
the purpose of locating certain information about the site. Grant
Cameron wrote Hellyer several times in the 1970s, trying to determine
the identity of the top defence department official who had revealed
the existence of the secret Suffield "UFO landing site". Hellyer was
never able to recall the name of the official, but told Cameron that
he had searched his files at National Archives but was unable to
locate his UFO file, which apparently contained notes from defence
briefings on UFOs.

     The story does not stop there however. Cameron states that in 1978
he interviewed Wilbert Smith's widow and asked her if she remembered
anything about the Suffield UFO landing site. In her version of the
story, her husband had been making efforts to convince government
officials that the aliens existed and that they should make efforts to
talk to them face to face, to learn who they were and what they wanted.


     Wilbert Smith

         Canadian radio scientist and prominent "UFO Contactee" ran
Project Magnet and UFO Detection Station for the federal government.

     Here the story begins to get very weird. In August 1954, the
technology publication "Aviation Week and Space Technology" reported
that Dr. Lincoln LaPaz was conducting a study of two "satellites"
which had been recently discovered orbiting the earth at 400 miles and
600 miles above the surface. According to the article, the satellites
had caused worries in the Pentagon as they were initially believed to
be artificial. This was three years before the Soviet Union launched
"Sputnik" the first human manufactured artificial satellite into
orbit. The story was subsequently covered by several newspapers.

     Some people believed that the two mystery satellites were alien
spaceships. One of these people was a Mrs. Frances Swan, who lived in
Eliot, Maine. She claimed that beginning in April 1954 she began
receiving channelled messages from the commanders of two alien ships
orbiting the earth, AFFA who commanded ship M-4 and PONNAR who
commanded ship L-11. For some reason or another, AFFA was the main
alien contact for Swan and other contactees. Wilbert Smith, who was a
strong believer in aliens, maintained contact with Swan and other
"AFFA" contactees. He also allegedly tried alternative methods for
establishing contact with AFFA on his own or through various
intermediaries.

     Back to the story of the Suffield UFO landing site…

     Mrs. Smith told Grant Cameron that Wilbert believed that if the
government stopped shooting at UFOs, then he might be able to get
spaceship commander AFFA to land for a meeting. Apparently AFFA had
given this indication in a contact to Swan. Smith indicates that he
approached a top secret committee in government to relay this request
and they had agreed to allow AFFA a safe place to land. When Smith
relayed this agreement back to AFFA, he was told that AFFA would also
require assurances that he would also be free to take off without any
interference. According to Cameron, Mrs. Smith told him that the top
secret committee would not agree to this, and so the landing never
took place.

     As weird as this story is, it is at least partially true. We know
that Wilbert Smith was "a UFO contactee" and a "true believer" that
some of the UFOs were spaceships flown by aliens. Mr. Smith really did
receive government funding for his "Project Magnet" and the "UFO
Detection Station" at Shirley's Bay. We know that Paul Hellyer did
apparently reveal that Suffield Research Station had been designated
as a top secret UFO landing site sometime back in the mid-1950s. His
statement revealing this site was apparently made when he attended the
official opening of the "UFO Landing Pad" in St. Paul, Alberta, which
was a community project for Canada's centennial.

     From Mrs. Smith's telling, the aliens never landed because the
Canadian government wouldn't consent to granting the commander
permission to freely leave. What Hellyer was told and what was in his
notes seems forgotten and lost with his vanished UFO file. The
Suffield story seems to at least be partially true and it would be
fascinating to know the complete real story behind it.

     From what we know sitting in our stuffy armchairs reading these
stories and perhaps getting a good chuckle or two, is that AFFA and
PONNAR appear to have left earth orbit, probably not impressed with
the diplomacy extended by the Canadian government of that time.

     Present Media Climate Discourages Interest in UFO Study

     It is difficult to assess what impact Hellyer's comments have had
on the Canadian public. I have had a few people mention to me that
they had heard something about this, but they seemed largely unaware
of any details concerning Hellyer's comments.

     The National Post published a column by regular political
columnist Andrew Coyne. In his piece, "Holding Editors to Account",
Coyne seems amazed by Hellyer's belief in a decades long government
conspiracy to withhold secrets about UFOs from the public, and thinks
this might mean that Hellyer has lost his marbles. He links Hellyer's
"conspiracy views" with those of someone who believes the US
government created the Islamist terrorist network that they are now
fighting. Coyne proclaims his belief in factual reporting but calls on
newspaper editors to be more selective and "exclude the obviously
marginal". "There is a time and a place to debate whether the earth
goes around the sun or the contrary, but we should have little time to
address other matters if we were perpetually revisiting old
controversies, or disproving every fantasy." I guess this explains why
large media outlets almost never report any UFO unless it can be
easily explained as a meteor.

     It is a very rare event for any large media outlet to present any
news relating to UFOs and alien visitation with a straight face.
Discovery Channel did recently produce a satisfactory summary of the
Exopolitics conference in Toronto but they prefaced it with a goofy
cartoon UFO landing. Perhaps this was done to assure the audience that
they were not intending anyone to take this in any way seriously.

     The same thing happens on CBC Radio anytime they have Chris
Rutkowski providing reports from his annual survey of Canadian UFO
events. It is always prefaced with yuk- yuk UFO alien jokes. I once
heard an interview on "As it Happens" with an Indiana police officer
who was witness to a huge triangular UFO that was seen by several
officers in adjacent counties. The interviewer could hardly contain
her smirking attitude while the officer tried his best to provide cool
responses to her demeaning line of questioning. After the interview
was concluded she was almost rolling on the floor in giggles as she
said, "Pardon me, but I really have to wonder what it is that they put
in the water down there!"

     It is hard to believe that such consistent disrespect can be
dished out so casually by mass media outlets when it so clearly shows
contempt for the views and beliefs of large parts of their reading,
listening and viewing audience. The best that audience members can do
when this bias and derogatory demeanour is displayed in the media is
to complain to these media outlets.

     As long as the present climate of ridicule persists in the large
media organizations, this climate will discourage any serious
researcher from publishing material on UFOs and will discourage
agencies from funding this research.

     Hellyer Believes in Public Role in Government Response to Alien
Contact

     Hellyer has stated his belief that elected governments have been
largely excluded from information which is held within the bureaucracy
about UFOs. He has in fact used his own experience to buttress this
argument.

     UFOlogy has not made great strides in finding conclusive,
unambiguous evidence for the ETH (Extra-terrestrial hypothesis) or any
other theory on the origin for unexplained UFOs. Despite this failure,
many UFOlogists have evaluated the evidence and concluded for
themselves that the ETH is the most likely explanation for the
phenomena. Given the potentially serious implications of this
hypothesis, it makes sense to seriously investigate the potential
implications of this hypothesis and to seek answers to the following
questions:

     Who are the visitors?
     What do they want from us?
     How are our governments reacting to this presence?
     Are government agencies hiding information about UFOs from the public?

     Paul Hellyer is the perhaps the first former senior Canadian
government minister to suggest that these questions are important
policy questions and that the public has a right to be involved in the
development of policy regarding the response of government to possible
extra-terrestrial contact events.

     It is the duty of UFOlogists to seek truth and clarity in the
reporting of UFO incidents. It is also our duty as citizens to seek
the answers to the key questions posed in Exopolitics forums if we are
at all open to the possibility that some UFOs may indeed be advanced
vehicles fabricated and possibly piloted by beings from
extraterrestrial civilizations.

     And while many of the stories circulating in the UFO field are
arguably in the category "too good to be true" you never know, you
really, really never know…

Aloha, I was today asked a question of whether I supported Col Philip
Corso's advocacy of the Strategic Defence Initiative (SDI or Star
Wars) as a legitimate defense against extraterrestrials, and what I
thought about the weaponization of space issue in general. The
question was intended to open a public debate on this issue.

I am enclosing below my response and the email of Pierre Juneau who
raised the question for the purpose of a public debate. I invite any
who wish to participate in this debate to visit the prepare4contact
forum and state their positions:

http://groups.yahoo.com/group/prepare4contact/

In peace,

Michael E. Salla, PhD

***********
Thanks Pierre for opening up this issue of the Strategic Defense
Initiative and giving me the opportunity to state my opinion on the
weaponization of space that is being actively promoted by the U.S. Air
Force. There is no doubt that Philip Corso believed that the Star
Visitors (Grays) were performing actions that he believed were hostile
and a threat to U.S. national security. Some researchers say that
these anti-ET statements were introduced by his co-author William
Birnes, and that Corso was not as anti-ET oriented as The Day After
Roswell suggests. That is not true. I have read Col Corso's original
notes, published in Italian as Dawn of a New Age. Corso quite clearly
believed the Star Visitors were a threat as a result of their
abduction related activities, and he was a big supporter of the
Strategic Defense Initiative first advocated by Ronald Reagan. If
alive today, Corso would no doubt be a strong supporter of the current
plan to weaponize space and build a global defense shield that would
target the ET visitors. In short, he has consistently demonstrated
strong support for militaristic solutions to the presence of visiting
extraterrestrials who in his view were performing abductions and other
activities that were a direct threat to U.S. national security.

In terms of my own position of whether extraterrestrials pose a
national security threat to the U.S. or the planet, that question
requires clarification since it is a complex one. First we need to
understand the nature of the "national security threat" posed by ETs.
Second, we need to identify the group of extraterrestrials that may be
performing actions that fall into the category of 'threat' as opposed
to those performing non-threatening actions.

I am on the record as saying that the U.S. has entered into a series
of technology exchange agreements with a number of the Star Visitor
nations, and we need to understand the nature of these agreements to
identify the possible threat posed by ETs (see
http://www.exopolitics.org/Study-Paper-4.htm ). In particular, these
are the Grays and Reptilians mentioned by a number of
whistleblowers/'experiencers' such as Charles Hall, Clifford Stone,
Michael Wolf, Daniel Burisch, Phil Schneider, Phil Corso, William
Cooper, Al Bielak, Phil Sparks, etc. In my view, the ETs who have
entered into these agreements have performed actions in the form of
abductions, genetic experimentation that lead to great suspicion as to
their ultimate agenda. It needs to be pointed out that prior to these
agreements, most human-ET interactions appeared to be of the
benevolent Space Brother category. There is strong reason to believe
that the abduction phenomenon that began with the 1961 Betty and
Barney Hill case, was a direct result of these agreements. I'm not
saying that abductions didn't happen before the agreements, but that
the agreements enabled the abductions to be increased at a rate which
has gone far beyond whatever the shadow government originally intended
in its agreements.

While I think that the debate over whether Grays have a covert
'takeover' agenda as promoted by David Jacobs, Budd Hopkins, etc., or
a 'transformative' agenda as promoted by John Mack, Richard Boylan
etc., is an important debate, it glosses over one of the key features
of the ET presence - the secret agreements reached with shadow
government agencies. Without taking sides in the 'transformative' vs.
'take over' debate, I think it vital to consider all the data and come
up with a nuanced response that takes into account different ET groups
activities in terms of them either being inside or outside the secret
network of agreements reached with shadow government authorities. I
elaborate upon that in my paper on ET motivations (see
http://www.exopolitics.org/Report-ET-Motivations.htm ). In my view,
the key issue is not whether we should establish communication with
ETs to resolve differences that lead to confrontations over the number
of abductions, but the precise nature of the agreements reached with
ETs and how these are conducted in covert and unaccountable manner. As
far as the abduction phenomenon is concerned, it is very likely that
these were made possible or accelerated as a result of secret
agreements by shadow government authorities with Grays and other ET races.

In my view, the national security threat posed by ETs is a covert one
that exists through the secret agreements established by the shadow
government with some ET groups. I believe that the motivation of ETs
who have entered into these agreements is very questionable and gives
considerable cause for suspicion as to their overall intent. Certainly
the great number of abductions that have occurred give rise to the
'take over' scenario promoted by Jacobs and others. Once one considers
the vast secret infrastructure created to develop ET technologies and
the illicit funding required for such an infrastructure, it is clear
to me that the national security threat posed by ETs is internal
rather than external. In other words, ETs that have entered into
agreements with shadow government authorities are complicit in the
creation of national security system based on secrecy,
unaccountability and illicit funding that directly threatens US.
national security in terms of a covert take over, and the
constitutional principles upon which the U.S. is based. That is the
real national security threat posed by some ET visitors and it comes
around directly as a result of the desire of shadow government
authorities to acquire and develop ET technologies at any cost, even
if it means giving permission to a limited number of abductions.

On the other hand, ETs who have not entered into such technology
exchange agreements with shadow government authorities have behaved in
ways that display great consideration and benevolence towards
humanity. This is evidenced in the extensive number of contactee
reports, e.g.., George Adamski, Howard Menger, Billy Meier, Sixto Paz
Wells, Carlos Diaz, etc., whereby these ETs reflect great respect for
human free will and follow what appears to be a clear directive for
non-interference. ETs trying to assist humanity are secretly being
targeted by space weapons in order to capture their technology or the
EBEs themselves. This also includes some of the Grays from Zeta
Reticulum involved in abduction who are included among the ET races
secretly targeted as whistleblowers such as Clifford Stone point out.
It does appear that the relationship between the Grays and shadow
government is a complex one where some whistleblowers report on
military confrontations between them in terms of the extent to which
either or both have violated the terms of their secret agreements.

In terms of World Peace, I think that the deliberate targeting of ET
visitors who are attempting to establish communications and contact
with an extensive number of civilians needs to be immediately stopped.
What makes this issue complex from the perspective of military
officials such as Col Corso who is representative of many military
officials briefed about the ET presence, is that they believe that
such a militaristic policy is appropriate given the extensive
abductions that are happening and the violations that occur as a
result. In my view, the abduction phenomenon needs to be understood in
terms of the secret agreements reached with shadow government
authorities and hidden agendas of those involved in these agreements.
I think that there are various factions, both human and non-human,
that want to create as much misunderstanding and conflict as possible
between the U.S. military and different ET races. It should be pointed
out that officials such as Corso do not appear to be briefed about
friendly ETs and the latter's consciousness raising work, but are
given information on abduction related activities that creates the
psychological framework for the creation of 'enemy images' (or
'enmification') as pointed out by Sam Keen in Faces of the Enemy. In
short, what we have been seeing over the last 50 years or so is an
'enmification process' whereby an ET enemy can be constructed that
justifies the creation of SDI and the weaponization of space. This is
where I believe the warnings of Carol Rosin and Steven Greer are very
important and I support the work of both in this regard:
http://www.illuminati-news.com/ufos-and-aliens/html/carol_rosin.htm .

So in answer to your question of whether I support the weaponization
of space or development of SDI, the answer is NO. There is no need for
a military response to the ET presence since it is clear that ETs who
pose a credible 'national security threat' do so by virtue of their
involvement in a series of secret agreements that make possible a
covert take over of the vast infrastructure of ET related projects
that exist in the U.S., and other countries. This covert ET threat has
a POLITICAL solution rather than a MILITARY solution - public
disclosure of the extraterrestrial presence. With public disclosure of
the ET presence, there can be the necessary transparency and
accountability to ensure that any technology exchange agreements with
ETs are conducted in a responsible way, and do not make human society
prone to a covert take over by visitors who operate in a clandestine
manner. The abduction phenomenon would cease to be a problem once
transparency and accountability were brought into play since visitors
performing such activities could be closely monitored and prevented
from continuing any activities that infringed human rights.

Thank you for your question and you have my permission to circulate my
response.

In peace

Michael



----- Original Message -----
From: Pierre Juneau
To: Dr Michael Salla
Sent: Tuesday, November 08, 2005 7:20 AM
Subject: Re: [exopolitics] Paul Hellyer and the Politics of Exopolitics


Thanks Michael!

I have a question for you below, but let me set it up first.  I would
like to know if I could make your answer public to others because it
is one of the issues that raises the most concerns, in my view.  It is
one that will determine World Peace more than any other issues.

As per Corso and the retired Air Force General, since the Roswell
crash took place, the military have considered the Greys as enemies.
Alfred Webre, through SRI, wanted to move towards establishing a
communication project with off-planet cultures, but the Pentagon
cancelled it in 1977, as you know.  Communication leads to peace, as
you are aware because of your extensive background in conflict resolution.

Corso mentions all the negative things he has heard about Greys, while
ignoring the positives things, which paints a picture that makes them
look like enemies.   He mentions his FEARS about the ETs, and it's
understandable because the role of the military has often been to
prepare for the absolute worst case scenario.  They do a great job at
what it is they do, when it is required.  That is their role but
neither you nor I believe that our countries' policies should be
determined by the military, but instead, it should be determined by
elected leaders who represent the people.  Otherwise, we would all
live in a military dictatorship like in Iraq under Saddam Hussein.

There's a reason why I've been bringing certain issues to your
attention.  The issues of researchers who explain that these beings
come from other dimensions appears to be ignored in Corso's testimony
(Dr. John Mack, etc..), ignoring star children encounters with them,
ignoring the messages they gave us about our destructive ways against
the environment, ignoring remote viewing data from formerly classified
top secret military intelligence whistleblowers (ie, David Morehouse),
including the testimony by Major General Stubblebine at a 1992 UFO
conference organized by Dr. Steven Greer.  Gen. (Ret.) Stubblebine was
Commanding officer of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command
(INSCOM):
http://www.remoteviewing.com/remote-viewing-history/remote-viewing-research-lect\
ure.html


From an exopolitics perspective (exo-policies), the Pentagon has seen
the Greys as enemies.  What is your public stand in regards to using
weapons against the Grey ETs & UFOs, such as the Pentagon has been
doing as per Corso and the retired Air Force General who confirmed his
claims to Paul Hellyer?

If you don't support star wars, what would be the solution to this
issue?  Would further studying and better understanding the origin and
purpose of 'abductions' not be necessary before policies are
recommended to our Federal Politicians about this issue?  If so, would
that not mean including the testimony of the military whistleblowers
(and some researchers) that I listed above?

I look forward to your response.  Please let me know if I can open
this issue to a public debate with your answer.  I hope it can make
people understand that we are all on the same side of working towards
non-military Soul-lutions!


Namaste,
Pierre

Aloha all, last month I read through the Talmud of Jmmanuel which was
released by the Pleidian/Plejaran contactee Eduard "Billy" Meier. I
think the evidence supporting the Meier contact case is pretty
compelling in terms of photos, film and independent investigations by
researchers such as Wendelle Stevens, Lee Elders and Gary Kinder. So
I'm interested in this document which his Pleiadian/Plejarans
confirmed as a true account of the life of Jesus or Jmmanuel as he is
described in this document. The Talmud is a fascinating document in
terms of content. It is popular with those committed to the Billy
Meier material since it buttresses their belief that Billy is the
reincarnation of several prophets including Jesus, known as Jmmanuel
in the Talmud.

There continues to be strong debate both for and against the Talmud as
an authentic document. The strongest defender is Dr Jim Deardorff who
presents a fine scholarly case for its authenicity based on it being
possible precursor to the Book of Matthew which historically was
believed to be the first of all the synoptic gospels. Dr Deardorff
nicely presents his arguments at:
http://www.tjresearch.info/contents.htm . However, a very well written
critique of both the Talmud and Dr Deardorff's arguments is presented
by Rev. Ake Eldberg at: http://home.swipnet.se/corbie/Fuskwww/talmud.html

Having read through arguments both for and against I'm persuaded that
Meier very likely did find a document of some kind with his friend Isa
Rashid in 1963 in the West Bank of Palestine. Probably an early
Gnostic text of the life and teachings of Jesus or something similar
from another early Christian sect. However, I think that whatever the
original manuscript, it has been severely distorted by the translation
process. First by Isa Rashid from Aramaic into German, and then by
Meier in 'translating' it due to what he describes as Rashid's "lack
of mastery of German", and more tellingly Rashid's lack of familiarity
with "the Mission" of the Plejarans.

So what we have is a document that contains a number of embellishments
and distortions introduced by the translators, especially Meier who
made sure it was consistent with the Mission outlined by his Plejaran
contacts. The original document is lost, with no photos or copies of
it to check the accuracy of the translations so we can only go on
Meier's word that his translation is accurate, and indeed that an
original existed in the first place. That is not a sound basis for
accepting the authenicity of Meier's translation which is undoubtedly
the main reason why mainstream biblical scholars would refuse to
seriously look at it. Regardless of the debate of whether the document
existed in the first place, why would any competent biblical scholar
accept Meier's case that his translation of a lost document is
accurate? That is too subjective an argument for any scholar to accept
so unless one accepts Meier as a Prophet, then the Talmud will remain
an interesting side issue in a contactee case.

I found the Talmud contained a number of embellishments and
anti-semitic statements that revealed the sure hand of a modern
translator/interpreter (Meier and/or Rashid). For example, the
passages where Jesus/Jmmanuel meets Saul and does a magic act to stop
him persecuting Jesus/Jmmanuel's followers was in my view an
embellishment:

"During the night he saw a group of men coming, among them Saul, the
persecutor of his disciples. When they were close, he struck a fire
and threw it into his concoction, so that huge lightings, stars and
fireballs shot into the sky or fell down from it, accompanied by
thundering booms and strong hissing sounds, as if coming from gigantic
dragons and serpents[33:18-19]

This embellishment comes from the 'Mission' of the Pleiadians which is
to demonstrate that Jesus/Jmmanuel did not have supernatural powers
contrary to the modern Christian viewpoint.

A certain distortion to fit in with Meier's mission is the removal of
the Christian love ethic.

"You have heard that it was said, an eye for an eye, and a tooth for a
tooth. But I say to you: Exercize justice according to the natural law
of Creation, so that you find the verdict in logic. Offer your love
wherever it is warranted, and punish wherever, the law of nature
demands punishment. [5:39-41]

"Offer your love where it is warranted, and despise where the law of
nature demands it." [5:45]

Also there a number of anti-semitic statments reflecting the bias of
the translators: "Israel believes itself to be the chosen human race:
by no means, because they are more faithless and ignorant than the
heathen, who lack the secret of the laws" [8:17]

Also the following phrase concerning Israel was certainly the modern
bias of the translators:
"May the nation of Israel be cursed until the end of the world and
never find peace." [10:27]

These anti-semitic statements reflect what was very likely the
cultural bias of Rashid who was a Palestinian: I could not imagine
Jesus/Jmmanuel saying such a thing at a time when Israel was under the
Roman imperial yoke. But it would certainly be something Rashid would
say as a Palestinian under the Israeli yoke.

My overall conclusion is that the Talmud is likely an ancient document
that was distorted by a number of embellishments introduced by the
'translators' so it fit in with the Mission revealed to Meier by his
Plejarans.

As to what the Talmud document was originally, my guess is that it was
a Gnostic version of the life and teaching of Jesus. The Gnostic
teachings were suppressed by the Catholic Churce after the Council of
Nicea in the 4th Century AD. Gnostic teachings were buried in many
places so they wouldn't be destroyed and its very likely that the cave
discovered by Rashid and Meier contained Gnostic teachings of Jesus
life or some other sect;s version. That would explain much of the
novelty of the Talmud of Jmmanuel which departs much from mainstream
Christianity.

In conclusion, I don't see the Talmud of Jmmanuel ever becoming a
document that is seriously considered by mainstream biblical scholars
since the original is lost. Nevertheless, Meier's followers accept its
authenicity on little more than Meier's word, and give to Meier a
cult like status as the reincarnated Jammnuel. That to me is the main
concern that Meier is seen as the returned Prophet Jmmanuel and where
his admirers lose their objectivity when critically examining the
Meier material. In my view, Meier is most likely a genuine ET
contactee like many others such as George Adamski, Howard Menger,
Carlos Diaz, etc., who all had strong physical evidence and
corroborating witness testimony to support their contactee experiences.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

Aloha all, I thought I would post my response to Dr Deardorff's reply
to my earlier posting on the Talmud of Jmmanuel (copy enclosed below
or available at:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/prepare4contact/message/16761). I think
this raises some of the critical issues raised by the Billy Meier case
and the spirited defense offered for documents such as the Talmud of
Jmmanuel by his supporters.

If anyone wants to participate in the current online debate over the
Talmud, you can do so at the prepare4contact forum:
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/prepare4contact/

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

****
Source: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/prepare4contact/message/16774

Hello Jim, welcome to the p4c Forum and thank you for posting your
views. I think we agree that the Billy Meier case is an important one
since there is overwhelming physical evidence substantiating his
contact experiences. I think we agree that there has been a concerted
effort to diminish the importance of the Meier case by debunkers, and
also a covert official effort to discredit Meier and his supporters.
For readers unfamiliar with the Meier case, I think Wendelle Steven's
letter from a friendly spook accurately describes the official
approach to the Meier material
(http://www.galactic-server.com/rune/stewens.html ). In my own case,
I've used the Meier material quite a bit in my own exopolitical
research to understand the various ET races visiting Earth, and their
history. For any exopolitical researcher, the Meier contact notes are
very informative and give a detailed perspective of galactic life from
the perspective of the Pleiadians/Plejarans. So I think we are largely
in agreement here over the importance of the Meier case.

Where we do get into areas of disagreement are Billy's  and the
Pleiadians/Plejarans debunking of other contactees and channelers. I
think that what Billy was told by his Pleiadian/Plejaran contacts
concerning the veracity of a whole host of other contactees such as
George Adamski, Howard Menger, etc., was disinformation since these
have strong supporting evidence, even stronger in some cases than the
Meier case. For example, Adamski has independent witnesses confirm his
meeting with ETs, this has not happened in the Meier case. To date, no
one has seen Semjase, Asket and the other ETs that Meier met with, so
essentially we only have his word for it and circumstantial support in
the form of his photos of the beamships. Why did the
Pleiadians/Plejarans claim virtually all contactee testimonies, 99% or
so, were frauds, charlatans, etc? In my view, that suggests some
hidden agenda on their part. One way of explaining this, as you do, is
to conclude that they deliberately sowed disinformation into their
revelations to protect Billy. That's your theory of plausible
deniability which I recommend to readers unfamiliar to it:
http://www.tjresearch.info/denial.htm . Equally, one could say that
the Pleiadians/Plejarans were either uninformed about other ET races
or deliberately wanted to create controvery in the UFO research
community. The latter is closer to my own opinion and may be part of
their agenda to 'protect' Billy. After all, if UFO researchers are
arguing over the merits of different contactee cases, doesn't that
serve the official covert agenda to keep us all off balance when it
comes to the truth of the ET presence? Whatever the case, we shouldn't
just accept the word of Meier's Plejarans/Pleiadians since there is
disinformation sown in there, and I'm glad we have some agreement in
that regard.

Another area of disagreement, and which takes us to the issues raised
in dialogue, is the extent to which Meier is given cult like
'prophetic' status by many supporting his case. It is not unusual for
many contactees to be viewed by their supporters as 'prophets' or
'messianic' figures and this has led to accusations that contactees
deliberately establish cult like environments around them. In the case
of George Adamski there were many accusations of this and this led to
many unfairly discrediting him. I find the same phenomenon with the
Raelian movement under their leader Rael who in my view does qualify
as a modern cult leader. I have found that there does exist a
cult-like following around Meier where his word is uncritically
accepted by his supporters and not subjected to the kind of critical
scrutiny that it deserves. If Billy says something to be true, it
appears that this is sufficient for his supporters to mount spirited
defenses of Billy and become 'apologists' for him. For the benefit of
readers, let me point out that an 'apologist'  is defined as "a person
who argues to defend or justify some policy or institution"
http://www.wordreference.com/definition/apologist . Apologists are not
objective scholars but defenders of a set of beliefs, practices or
institution who use scholarly skills for this purpose.

This takes me to the issue of Meier's Talmud of Jmmanuel which is of
interest since the Pleiadian's/Plejaran's argue that it is authentic.
Now you've written a well argued response below, and tried to rebut my
central argument about why we should NOT accept the accuracy of the
Talmud of Jmmanuel as translated by Meier and Isa Rashid. Basically, I
say that we can't trust the Talmud of Jmmanuel as an accurate
translation of the original Aramaic text found by Meier and Isa Rashid
since the original is 'lost' and we have no way of independently
testing the translations. At this point, let me say that I have no
reason to disbelieve Meier's claim that he found an ancient Aramaic
document which is contrary to some of your critics such as Ake Eldberg
who claims that the Talmud is a hoax, and no document existed in the
first place: http://home.swipnet.se/corbie/Fuskwww/talmud.html . So
even if we accept Meier's claim that he did find something in 1963, we
have no way of telling whether Rashid's translation was faithful to
original Aramaic text.

Rashid himself is a questionable figure since we know very little
about him other than the description of him being a Greek Orthodox
Priest based in Palestine. We don't know his credentials (no records
exist), his expertise in translating ancient texts, or other Aramaic
translations performed by him, etc. Put simply, we don't know if he
was an objective scholar who translated an ancient Aramaic text and
got swept up by political events as Meier describes; or a biased
Palestinian translator who with some knowledge of Aramaic,
embellished/distorted his translated text with his own biases about
Jesus/Jmmanuel and the ancient Israelites. It's very possible that
Rashid deceived Meier about his ability to translate Aramaic or about
the true contents of the Aramaic scroll which may have been a version
of the Book of Matthew or a Gnostic text as I've suggested. The
deception may have been a result of Rashid wanting to impress a rather
ingenuous Meier who while visiting Palestine in 1963 would have been
easy pickings for a savvy Palestinian claiming to be a Greek Orthodox
Priest with an expertise in ancient documents. As Eldberg points out,
there are a significant number of anachronisms and embellishments in
the Talmud and I agree with him that these are introduced by the
translators. Rather than being evidence of a hoax however, I think
these are evidence of the biases of Rashid's original translation, and
then Billy's own biases as he tried to 'correct' Rashid's translation
using his own understanding of German and the "Mission" revealed to
him by the Pleiadians/Plejarans. It should be pointed out that Meier
is not a trained scholar and very likely embellished whatever 'flawed'
product Rashid produced with his own 'corrections' based on his
beliefs about Jesus/Jmmanuel. In the end, we have a very flawed
document produced by translators whose biblical exegetical abilities
can be severely questioned if not dismissed

Your main argument that a comparative analysis of the Talmud of
Jmmanuel and the Gospel of Matthew reveals that the Talmud has fewer
translation errors and therefore can be accepted as the more accurate
text is, frankly, very weak. Aside from Eldberg, to my knowledge, no
biblical scholar has seriously examined the Talmud to identify the
errors in it. Your own attempt to identify the errors in the Talmud
while impressive, nevertheless reflects the scholarly scrutiny of one
person. In contrast, the Gospel of Mathew has had thousands of very
competent biblical scholars scrutinizing every phrase to identify
possible translation errors over the course of nearly two millennia.
Tabulating the translation errors of the Gospel of Matthew found so
far, and comparing these with the translation errors of the Talmud of
Jmmanuel found so far by you and Eldberg, is therefore a poor method
for determining the accuracy of the Talmud. This is something Eldberg
points out in his own criticism of your method and I frankly have to
agree with him. Your main argument and method is very weak here. To be
frank, your method is very far from the kind of academic standard
evidenced in your other scholarly works. Frankly, I think your
position on the Talmud reflects a lack of objectivity on your part
where you cease to be an objective scholar examining the Talmud of
Jmmanuel, and become an apologist for the Talmud's authenticity.

There is evidence in what you say below confirming that you are acting
as an apologist for the Talmud and for Billy Meier. For example, when
it comes to the spelling of 'Jmmanuel', Edberg and others point out
that the correct spelling is 'Emmanuel'. You say that 'Jmmanuel' is
correct because this is what the Pleiadians/Plejarans told Meier. That
is not a scholarly means of translating an ancient text. One needs to
focus on the text itself rather than what Billy is told by the
Pleiadians/Plejarans. I know of no competent biblical scholar who
would translate an ancient text in the manner suggested here with ETs,
Pleiadians/Plejarans, saying what is correct or not. In the future,
I'm sure as the ET presence because more accepted, theologians will
avail themselves to the advise of ETs and develop an appropriate
exegetical method. However, it will happen in a way where different ET
perspectives can be considered rather than just one group such as
Billy's Pleiadians/Plejarans who by your own words have sprinkled
their information with disinformation.

In terms of what follows below, I will make a few brief points on the
most significant arguments you raise rather than get into a point by
point debate. You say: "It needs to be mentioned that the arguments of
Eldberg have been refuted at: www.tjresearch.info/debunkTJ.htm,
www.tjresearch.info/Eldberg, and www.tjresearch.info/Eldberg2.htm.". I
have read your responses and they are not in my view sufficient
refutations of Eldberg's criticisms. You have responded to him but not
refuted him. There is much more to be debated here especially his
point about your comparative method being deeply flawed due to the
little analysis done on the Talmud.

You also say below, "Salla here has assumed that Meier is an
embellisher and distorter, when all the evidence of those who know him
well indicates he's a stickler for the truth, and is sincere and not
one to deceive. He speaks out his mind and what appears to be truth
just as bluntly as Jmmanuel does in the TJ, and as "Jesus" does in the
Woes against the scribes and Pharisees (Matthew's chapter 23)."

That is not a fair assessment of my criticism which is based on
Meier's own words. Here is what he says in the introduction to his
translation of the Talmud: "The German version of the Talmud Jmmanuel
does not correspond to the original translation from ancient Aramaic
because Isa Rashid neither mastered the German language sufficiently
nor was he familiar with the code of the Mission to the point that he
could have drawn up the German version." [p. xxi]

Meier here describes the process he used for translating the Talmud
which was necessary due to Rashid's 'lack of command' of the German
language. Significantly, Meier describes Rashid's lack of familiarity
with the code of the Mission – the key principles and practices that
emerge from Meier's contact experiences, as an important criterion for
translating the Talmud of Jmmanuel. This suggests that the translation
is heavily filtered through the principles and practices making up
Meier's `Mission' and which are the basis for his 'corrections'. This
immediately suggests a lack of objectivity in the translation of this
document, and a lack of scholarly standards for translating and
editing what is allegedly a key document that revolutionizes religious
belief systems. So Meier's own words point to him 'embellishing' and
'distorting' the Talmud due to his own beliefs based on what he was
told by the Pleiadians/Plejarans and his 'corrections'. This is
something you ignore as evidenced in the following statement where you
say:

"These editorial alterations to the TJ were made by Meier around
1989-90 when he was informed by one of his contactors that the TJ did
contain some errors and omissions that needed correction. Salla has
unjustifiably assumed that these corrections and additions were
embellishment and distortion. What he failed to say is that the first,
1978 German edition of the TJ of course had not yet been corrected. It
is available for study, as well as the TJ's later corrected editions.
Salla was made aware of this fact. One may compare the earlier and
later TJ editions to learn what the corrections and additions were,
and find that they do not alter the essence of the TJ."

Only a 'follower' of Meier and the Pleiadians/Plejarans would accept
what you are saying here. Basically, the Pleiadians/Plejarans guided
Billy in making 'corrections' to the Talmud. So here in your own words
is evidence that the translation from the 1978 version was a product
of what Meier was told by the Pleiadians/Plejarans. So Meier did have
a role in introducing his own embellishments/distortions or
'corrections' to the different versions of the Talmud. As far as the
1978 'original' version of the Talmud is concerned, it may have few if
any of Meier's embellishments and is closer to what Rashid originally
supplied. Nevertheless, you can't evade the criticism that the
original version contained whatever embellishments and distortions
introduced by Rashid since he alone was the translator. So we are
talking about two filtering layers where distortion/embellishments
have crept in. First, Rashid's translation from Aramaic into German.
Second, Meier's translation of Rashid's original German version, into
a 'corrected' version. Even if we accept that Meier was a stickler for
accuracy or truth, then that doesn't mean that Rashid should be
accepted to be the same since we know nothing of him. This is where
the whole Talmud of Jmmanuel becomes suspect in the eyes of objective
scholars since there's no way of checking the original translation
produced by Rashid. And also there is obvious problems with the
'corrections' introduced by Meier and the underlying agenda of the
Pleiadians/Plejarans who influenced him.

Finally, I'll finish by responding to your summation:
"I realize that no facts I present will change your opinion, Michael,
as we have been through this before. As would Eldberg, you would just
repeat your unjustifed claims of embellishment and distortion, pick
verses out of context, not state the context, and continue to ignore
the whole of the internal evidence indicating that Matthew was based
upon the TJ."

Jim, I could equally say the same about you: "no facts I present will
change your opinion." I think it fair to point out that you have
evaded the central fact that there is no independent means of
verifying Rashid's original translation of the 'lost' manuscript.
Therefore, there is no independent means of determining the accuracy
of the Talmud of Jmmanuel. Furthermore, we have the fact that Meier
'corrected' the translation produced by Rashid using the information
given to him by the Pleiadians/Plejarans. Why should we accept these
'corrections' introduced by Meier after consultation with the
Pleiadians/Plejarans? That is not an accepted exegetical practice used
by biblical scholars. Furthermore, given the disinformation the
Plejarans are known to have given Meier, that suggests another layer
of unreliability here. You have produced an argument, a weak one in my
opinion, to support the accuracy of the Talmud of Jmmanuel based on a
comparative analysis with the Gospel of Matthew. The central facts of
the case are that we have a very questionable translation of an
alleged Aramaic document whose authenticity cannot be independently
verified. No photos or video was ever taken of the Aramaic scroll, why
not?

My conclusion is that the Talmud of Jmmanuel is an interesting case
study of how supporters of the Billy Meier case are trying to promote
a text of questionable accuracy merely on the basis of Billy's word
for it, and what he was told by the Pleiadians/Plejarans. The fact
that an accomplished scholar such as yourself can become a committed
apologist for the Talmud of Jmmanuel speaks volumes of the power of
Meier to influence those around him. I know that you and others truly
believe Meier to be the reincarnation of what most know to be Jesus of
Nazareth but who Meier calls Jmmanuel. That is my central concern here
since you have left the field of objective scholarship and become an
apologist for the emergence of a new religion with Billy Meier playing
a central role. Those are the facts of this case as far as I can tell.

Aloha, Michael




--- In prepare4contact@yahoogroups.com, "deardorff2001"
<deardorj@p...> wrote:
>
> --- In prepare4contact@yahoogroups.com, "Dr Michael Salla"
> <exopolitics@y...> wrote:
> >
> > Aloha all, I find the Talmud a fascinating document. It is popular
> > with those committed to the Billy Meier material since it buttresses
> > their belief that Billy is the reincarnation of several prophets
> > including Jesus, known as Jmmanuel in the Talmud.
>
> Hello List Owner and Listees,
>
> Michael asked me to join the list, at least to rebut his email here!
>
> His sentence above isn't correct, however, as the Talmud of Jmmanuel
> (TJ) is most valuable to us as a source of information, both on the
> origins of the Gospels and the true teachings/life of Immanuel alias
> Jesus, and for its spiritual teachings, and not for reading who
> Meier's past lives may have been. When I read in the TJ the
> implication that Meier would be a future life of Jmmanuel, I could
> only feel that no matter how true that might be, it could cause
> readers like Michael Salla to assume that the TJ must be, at best, a
> distortion or embellishment of the truth. So I think that most of us
> feel that it would have been better, for the sake of future
> popularity, if Jmmanuel had not spoken out certain truths.
>
> > There continues to be strong debate both for and against the Talmud as
> > an authentic document. The strongest defender is Dr Jim Deardorff who
> > presents a fine scholarly case for its authenicity based on it being
> > possible precursor to the Book of Matthew which historically was
> > believed to be the first of all the synoptic gospels. Dr Deardorff
> > nicely presents his arguments at:
> > http://www.tjresearch.info/contents.htm . However, a very well written
> > critique of both the Talmud and Dr Deardorff's arguments is presented
> > by Rev. Ake Eldberg at:
> http://home.swipnet.se/corbie/Fuskwww/talmud.html
>
> It needs to be mentioned that the arguments of Eldberg have been
> refuted at: www.tjresearch.info/debunkTJ.htm,
> www.tjresearch.info/Eldberg, and www.tjresearch.info/Eldberg2.htm.
>
> Eldberg is a Swedish minister of Lutheran-Episcopal background.
>
> > Having read through arguments both for and against I'm persuaded that
> > Meier very likely did find a document of some kind with his friend Isa
> > Rashid in 1963. Probably an early Gnostic text of the life and
> > teachings of Jesus. However, I think that whatever the original
> > manuscript, it has been severely distorted by the translation process.
> > First by Isa Rashid from Aramaic into German, and then by Meier in
> > 'translating' it due to Rashid's "lack of mastery of German" and more
> > tellingly Rashid's lack of familiarity with "the Mission" of the
> > Plejarans.
>
> > So what we have is a document that contains a number of embellishments
> > and distortions introduced by the translators, especially Meier who
> > made sure it was consistent with the Mission outlined by his Plejaran
> > contacts.
>
> Salla here has assumed that Meier is an embellisher and distorter,
> when all the evidence of those who know him well indicates he's a
> stickler for the truth, and is sincere and not one to deceive. He
> speaks out his mind and what appears to be truth just as bluntly as
> Jmmanuel does in the TJ, and as "Jesus" does in the Woes against the
> scribes and Pharisees (Matthew's chapter 23). One can only assume that
> Salla is not interested in reading up on what these witnesses have
> said about their experiences with Meier. However, they're available in
> the book by Guido Moosbrugger (<i>And Yet...They Fly</i>), an early
> insider to the Meier case, and in websites such as:
> www.tjresearch.info/witnessa.htm and www.tjresearch.info/witness.htm .
>
> These editorial alterations to the TJ were made by Meier around
> 1989-90 when he was informed by one of his contactors that the TJ did
> contain some errors and omissions that needed correction. Salla has
> unjustifiably assumed that these corrections and additions were
> embellishment and distortion. What he failed to say is that the first,
> 1978 German edition of the TJ of course had not yet been corrected. It
> is available for study, as well as the TJ's later corrected editions.
> Salla was made aware of this fact. One may compare the earlier and
> later TJ editions to learn what the corrections and additions were,
> and find that they do not alter the essence of the TJ.
>
> > The original document is lost,
>
> It was destroyed, according to a 1974 letter from its translater to
> Meier, in a raid on the refugee camp in Lebanon where Rashid and his
> family had fled from Jerusalem to escape persecution from Israeli
> authorities who had learned of its contents after Rashid had evidently
>  not kept his 10-year translation project secret enough. Although
> Rashid couldn't wait around while the refugee camp burned up, to see
> the Aramaic TJ be destroyed, Meier was later informed by one of his
> contactors (Semjase) that the document was then destroyed in the fire.
>  Thus, "lost" is not the right word, as it implies negligence on
> Rashid's part when he was actually the victim of persecution due to
> the TJ's great heresies for Judaism and Christianity. Fortunately,
> Rashid had mailed Meier his translations of the first roll of TJ
> scripts a few years before 1974.
>
> > with no photos or copies of
> > it to check the accuracy of the translations so we can only go on
> > Meier's word that his translation is accurate, and indeed that an
> > original existed in the first place. That is not a sound basis for
> > accepting the authenicity of Meier's translation which is
> > undoubtedly
> > the main reason why mainstream theologians would refuse to seriously
> > look at it.
>
> Neither is it a proper basis for assuming that Meier and his supportve
> witnesses aren't honest, or are hoaxers.
>
> > Regardless of the debate of whether the document existed
> > in the first place, why would any competent theologian accept
> > Meier's case that his translation of a lost document is accurate?
>
> From the internal evidence, obviously, as well as the witness
> evidence. This is a topic that Salla shies away from -- a total
> analysis of the voluminous reasons indicating why the Gospel of
> Matthew was formed out of the TJ rather than vice versa. With over 300
> relevant verses/passages to delve into, this takes some time to do, as
> it's like reading a Commentary on Matthew, of which many exist, some
> over 500 pages long. However, it's been presented following the
> introduction at www.tjresearch.info/mttjindx.htm .
>
> Readers unfamiliar with biblical exegesis and redaction criticism
> don't understand that what scholars say today about which verses in
> Matthew they think are authentic, which aren't (though there's no real
> consensus on this), which Gospel came first, second and third, etc.,
> comes from their studies of the internal evidence -- the Gospels
> themselves. though they date back only to the 3rd and 4th centuries
> A.D. In fact, since the early 20th century they rejected the testimony
> of the early church fathers that Matthew came first, then Mark then
> Luke, on the basis of the internal evidence. So they placed Mark
> first, though as I see it mainly because of preferred theological
> implications that this allowed. Thus they make heavy use of the
> internal evidence.
>
> Salla evidently has not studied the internal evidence other than to
> take selected passages out of context.
>
> > I found the Talmud contained a number of embellishments and
> > anti-semitic statements that revealed the sure hand of a modern
> > translator/interpreter (Meier and/or Rashid). For example, the
> > passages where Jesus/Jmmanuel meets Saul and does a magic act to
> > stop him persecuting Jesus/Jmmanuel's followers was in my view an
> > embellishment:
>
> Alright for that much -- this is your view, not any assured revealment.
>
> >"During the night he saw a group of men coming, among them Saul, the
> > persecutor of his disciples. When they were close, he struck a fire
> > and threw it into his concoction, so that huge lightings, stars and
> > fireballs shot into the sky or fell down from it, accompanied by
> > thundering booms and strong hissing sounds, as if coming from
> > gigantic dragons and serpents[33:18-19]"
> >
> > This embellishment comes from the 'Mission' of the Pleiadians which is
> > to demonstrate that Jesus/Jmmanuel did not have supernatural powers
> > contrary to the modern Christian viewpoint.
>
> This is a wacky conclusion, because: 1) This passage occurred in the
> earliest 1978 version of the TJ, and was no added embellishment by
Meier.
>
> 2) The version of it that most closely made it into the New Testament
> occurs in Acts 9 (Acts was authored by the writer of Luke, who
> evidently had had access to the TJ after the writer of Matthew was
> done with it), and there in Acts the men with Saul, on the Road to
> Damascus (at night, it turns out) did hear the voice that called out
> to Saul. There's thus every reason to believe that the TJ version lets
> us know what really happened. Salla was made aware of this, but chose
> to remain silent.
>
> 3) In many places the TJ lets us know that Jmmanuel could utilize the
> power of his highly evolved spirit, which allowed him to be able to
> perform many healings, read minds and "remote view," prophesy, know
> his past lives and some future lives, and even walk on water. To
> mainstream science, such events have to be relegated to the realm of
> the supernatural (and assumed not to have existed), since they don't
> understand the "how" of it. Thus one wonders how Salla could have read
> the TJ but not come across all these events. Jmmanuel/Jesus did have
> the powers that the Christian viewpoint has ascribed to him (though a
> small amount of embellishment did occur in the Gospels on such
> events). Obvously, it was not heretical to the early Christian Gospel
> writers to include these "supernatural" events from the TJ, so they
> have survived within Christianity.
>
> > A certain distortion to fit in with Meier's mission is the removal of
> > the Christian love ethic.
> >
> > "You have heard that it was said, an eye for an eye, and a tooth for a
> > tooth. But I say to you: Exercize justice according to the natural law
> > of Creation, so that you find the verdict in logic. Offer your love
> > wherever it is warranted, and punish wherever, the law of nature
> > demands punishment. [5:39-41]
> >
> > "Offer your love where it is warranted, and despise where the law of
> > nature demands it." [5:45]
>
> One wonders how does this "remove" the love ethic? This was just a
> common-sense statement from Jmmanuel. Other verses that Salla could
> have presented are:
> (18:48) "Without making mistakes it is impossible, therefore, to
> gather the logic, insight, knowledge, love and wisdom necessary to
> develop the spirit."
>
> (21:11) "Truly, truly, I say to you, if you are knowledgeable and
> comprehending and embrace wisdom, and if you practice love truthfully
> and do not doubt, not only will you do such things with blind eyes,
> but when you say to the fig tree: 'Dry up' it will dry up. Or when you
> say to a mountain: 'Lift yourself up and throw yourself into the sea,'
> it will come to pass."
>
> Indeed, there is no TJ verse ordering one to love one's enemies, or to
> turn one's other cheek to an abuser in order to receive more
> unwarranted punishment.
>
> > Also there a number of anti-semitic statments reflecting the bias of
> > the translators: "Israel believes itself to be the chosen human
> > race:
> > by no means, because they are more faithless and ignorant than the
> > heathen, who lack the secret of the laws" [8:17]
>
> Actually, in a later (2001) English translation than what Salla used
> it reads "chosen people" not "chosen race." This was anti-Judaistic,
> not anti-semitic, and just a statement of fact. The leaders of Israel,
> and their followers, did believe they were the chosen people, and
> anyone can read all about this in the Old Testament. Many still
> believe this, today. Jmmanuel spoke out against what he considered to
> be false beliefs; if one reads the Issa verses from the "Lost Years"
> document first brought to attention by Notovitch, the young Immanuel
> while in India, later known there as Issa, had spoken out against the
> Jaines, the Brahmans and the Kshatriyas, etc. All this is just
> consistent with a penchant for the man's speaking out the blunt truth,
> though as a result often having to flee to avoid an early death.
>
> > Also the following phrase concerning Israel was certainly the modern
> > bias of the translators:
> > "May the nation of Israel be cursed until the end of the world and
> > never find peace." [10:27]
>
> Salla seems to be assuming that this was not the way that Jmmanuel
> felt, but only that of Rashid or Meier. That assumption is not
> justified. In addition, however, the ten verses before this point, and
> the two verses following, should be read to gain the context of it.
>
> > My overall conclusion is that the Talmud is likely an ancient document
> > that was distorted by a number of embellishments introduced by the
> > 'translators' so it fit in with the Mission revealed to Meier by his
> > Plejarans.
>
> I realize that no facts I present will change your opinion, Michael,
> as we have been through this before. As would Eldberg, you would just
> repeat your unjustifed claims of embellishment and distortion, pick
> verses out of context, not state the context, and continue to ignore
> the whole of the internal evidence indicating that Matthew was based
> upon the TJ.
>
> For Ed,
> Let me make a quick reply to you where you quoted from the TJ as to
> the punishment prescribed by Jmmanuel for male homosexuals or for the
> guilty party in adultery to be castrated (sterilzed if a woman) and
> separated from society. Meier now believes this 12th chapter of the TJ
> involved a mistranslation of "cutoff", with the punishment consisting
> of being cut off from society, not castration or sterilization. I
> think it came about through Rashid having wrongly assumed, when
> discussing male fornication, that "cut off" meant being castrated,
> (!!) so he extended this to women, too. I understand that this will be
> corrected in the next edition of the TJ. I discussed this in my
> website at: www.tjrearch.info/mt5.htm (scroll down to the Mt 5:28
> segment).
>    Jim
>

Aloha, here's the introduction to a short article on the conflicting
positions taken by Former Canadian Defense Minister Paul Hellyer, and
Col Philip Corso on the merits of Space Weapons. Since Hellyer cites
Corso as a reliable source on the extraterrestrial presence and
objects to Canada's participation in the Strategic Defence Initiative,
it's worth contrasting the positions of the two on the merits of
targeting extraterrestrial visitors.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

*******


Exopolitical Comment # 39 - Philip Corso and Paul Hellyer: Initiating
Public Debate Over the Weaponization of Space & targetting of
Extaterrestrial Vehicles

Colonel Philip Corso has recently become a renewed focus of interest
in the UFO community due to him being cited by a former Canadian
Minister of Defense, Paul Hellyer, as a reliable source of UFO
information. According to Hellyer, a retired US Air Force general
confirmed Corso's claims about extraterrestrial technologies described
in his book The Day After Roswell. Along with confirmation from other
confidential 'official' sources, Hellyer had the confidence to come
forward to declare the existence of a high level government conspiracy
to hide the truth about the UFO phenomenon and the extraterrestrial
presence (see http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-38.htm ). Given
his former cabinet level position in one of the Group of Eight
nations, Hellyer's claims of such a cover up are nothing short of
breath taking. His public emergence at a symposium titled "Exopolitics
Toronto" represents a powerful fissure in the so far monolithic
silence by public officials over the preponderance of evidence
supporting a "Cosmic Watergate".

In his speech, Hellyer discussed the profound policy implications of
developing space weapons to target extraterrestrial visitors. Hellyer
was opposed to what he perceived to be a U.S. military policy of
depicting extraterrestrials as "the enemy", promoting the
weaponization of space, and using advanced 'particle beam'
technologies to target extraterrestrial vehicles. He cited the lack of
rigorous public debate over the merits of such a national security
policy as a major objection to it being covertly put in place.
Hellyer's approach, however, contrasts with Philip Corso's own stated
position on the merit of weaponizing space to deal with what Corso
believed to be a genuine 'national security threat' posed by
extraterrestrials. This article will explore the reasons why Corso
supported such a view of extraterrestrials as the enemy; whether
extraterrestrials do genuinely pose a national security threat to the
U.S. or other countries; and the best response to Hellyer's profound
policy question concerning the weaponization of space and targeting of
extraterrestrials.

...

For rest of article go to: http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-39.htm

Aloha, here is a well argued and researched article on the Shadow
Government. While it was written in 1994, it is still very relevant to
the exopolitical challenges that lie ahead. I especially appreciated
the political solutions modeled on glasnost and perestroika that led
to the dismantling of the Soviet Union. The focus also on getting
sympathetic insiders to join forces with the 'patriots' that support
constitutional principles in dealing with exopolitical challenges is
well worth emphasizing.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org

************************
OPINION RELEASE: The Shadow Government

Copyright © 1994 Constitution Society. Permission is hereby granted to copy for
noncommercial use.

Secret Rule
It is becoming increasingly apparent to American citizens that government is no
longer being conducted in accordance with the U.S. Constitution, or, within
states, according to state constitutions. While people have recognized for more
than 150 years that the rich and powerful often corrupt individual officials, or
exert undue influence to get legislation passed that favors their interests,
most Americans still cling to the naive belief that such corruption is
exceptional, and that most of the institutions of society, the courts, the
press, and law enforcement agencies, still largely comply with the Constitution
and the law in important matters. They expect that these corrupting forces are
disunited and in competition with one another, so that they tend to balance one
another.

Mounting evidence makes it clear that the situation is far worse than most
people think, that during the last several decades the U.S. Constitution has
been effectively overthrown, and that it is now observed only as a faηade to
deceive and placate the masses. What has replaced it is what many call the
Shadow Government. It still, for the most part, operates in secret, because its
control is not secure. The exposure of this regime and its operations must now
become a primary duty of citizens who still believe in the Rule of Law and in
the freedoms which this country is supposed to represent.<1>

Transition to Oligarchy
It is difficult to identify a single date or event that marks the overthrow, but
we can identify some critical steps.

The first was the Dick Act of 1903, which repealed the Militia Act of 1792 and
tried to relegate the Constitutional Militia to the National Guard, under
control of what is now the U.S. Defense Department. The second was the Federal
Reserve Act, which established a central bank only nominally under the control
of the government.

Further erosion of constitutional governance was motivated by several challenges
which the powerful felt required them to put aside their differences and unite.
The first was the Great Depression of 1933-1941. The second was World War II
and the threat from fascism, followed by the Cold War and the threat from
Soviet imperialism and from communism.

The third defies credibility, but cannot be avoided. UFOs and aliens. Despite
the lack of hard evidence accessible to ordinary citizens, there is enough
testimonial evidence to compel a reasonable person to conclude three things:
UFOs exist, they are intelligently directed, and they are not ours.<2> Even if
that were all that the government knew about them, minds already paranoid from
the Cold War could hardly help but perceive such things as a significant
potential threat, one that required secrecy, preparation, and disregard for
provisions of a Constitution that were inconvenient. There are, however, enough
leaks from government officials to indicate that the government knows a great
deal about them that it is concealing from the public.

The fourth is the eco-crisis, which combines both the ecological and economic
crises. Many leaders have recognized for a long time that we are headed for
disaster, not a kind of cyclical downturn like the Great Depression, but an
irreversible decline brought about by a combination of resource depletion,
environmental degradation, and overpopulation, playing out in an anarchic
international system of disparate nation- states, national currencies, national
banks, and multinational corporations, exacerbated by traditional tribal
rivalries, class conflict, and different languages and religions.<3>

Confronted with the political fact that to deal with the problems faced in the
last half of the 20th century, it was difficult enough to pass legislation
thought to be needed, without having to also adopt the amendments to the U.S.
Constitution necessary to make such legislation constitutional, it became too
easy to just adopt more and more legislation without worrying about its
constitutionality, and depend on compliant officials and judges to go along
with it, which for the most part, they have done. This was facilitated by the
lack of sufficiently strong protests from the people, many of whom, ignorant of
constitutional rights and limitations on governmental powers, and focused on the
problems to be solved, supported much of the legislation.<4>

We can also identify several insidious developments which seemed necessary and
harmless at the time, but which led to the present situation. One was the rise
of military and civilian intelligence organs during World War II. The need to
prevent leaks of military secrets brought a censorship apparatus that gained
substantial control over the flow of information through the press, the
broadcast media, telephonic and telegraphic communications, and the mail.
However, instead of dismantling that apparatus when the war was over, we
immediately transitioned to the Cold War, and the information control apparatus
only went underground and became somewhat less obtrusive. This led to the
present situation in which the intelligence apparatus maintains effective
control over the major media, can tap anyone's phone without a court order,
reads people's mail, monitors their finances, and gathers information on
citizens and their activities that threatens their privacy and liberties.

1947 was a critical year. It was the year in which UFOs became a matter of
public concern, and in which it appears we recovered at least one crashed
vehicle and perhaps at least one of its occupants. It is also the year that the
Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) was established, ostensibly to bring together
the disparate intelligence agencies that had often been operating at
cross-purposes. It was also the beginning of the use of "black budgets" for
government programs, the existence of which was kept secret from both the
public and most if not all members of Congress. This led later to the
establishment of more agencies, such as the National Security Agency, whose
entire budget was black, thus preventing effective oversight.

The situation had evolved to the extent that, at the end of President
Eisenhower's second term, he warned in a speech of the potential danger to our
freedoms from a "military-industrial complex". In fact, by that time, it had
become a "intelligence- military-industrial-financial-political-media-
criminal" complex, which reached into almost every institution in this country,
and into many around the world.

What had developed was beginning to look more and more like the system of
political control that prevailed in the Soviet Union, in which real decisions
of government were made not by the official organs of government, but by the
parallel structure of the Communist Party, backed by the KGB. In competing with
the Soviets, we had taken on their methods and attributes of political control.

But this apparatus did not seem to function as an effective Shadow Government,
able to make and enforce decisions apart from the official government, until it
came together to assassinate President John F. Kennedy. That was the watershed
event. After that, too many people had too much to hide to allow the situation
to return to governance as usual.

Since then, the Shadow Government has grown and tried to strengthen its grip on
every sector of the society, motivated in part by honest concern about the very
real threats we have faced, and in part by venality and greed, which brought
increasing corruption and the effective incorporation of organized crime into
the mainstream of government.

It appears that 1963 is also the year in which the Establishment Media sector of
the Shadow Government was given effective control over computerized voting in
the United States, through its National Election Service, as part of a deal in
which they went along with the coverup of the Kennedy Assassination through the
Warren Commission. While campaign money continued to buy influence over elected
officials, if it was not sufficient, the Shadow Government had other options.
It put officials in compromising situations, then used its evidence to
blackmail them into compliance. Failing that, it could easily select the winner
of any election, and suppress the support which third-party candidates might
attain.

Structure and Decisionmaking
A key question about the Shadow Government is how does it make decisions and
carry them out. Where is the center? Some think it lies in a few major
financial institutions. Others that it lies in the intelligence apparatus.
Still others that it has no permanent center, but operates by consensus, with
shifting factions that confer through various mechanisms. Some think that those
mechanisms are reflected in public associations such as the Council on Foreign
Relations (CFR), the Tri- lateral Commission, the Bilderbergers, the Federal
Reserve, the World Bank, or the International Monetary Fund.<5>

That the key personalities in every major institution should associate and
confer through various associations is not in itself a matter of concern, if
all that was involved was the development of a consensus. But there is evidence
that a centralized decisionmaking process exists, because too much is done that
could not otherwise occur, and that the process is contemptuous of the
Constitution and increasingly willing to violate it. That suggests a permanent
apparatus, a bureaucracy, and that points to the intelligence and financial
bureaucracies. Therefore, the real decisions may be made not by public figures,
but by faceless persons operating in secret.

Most available evidence indicates that the center is in the intelligence
apparatus, and that it largely controls all the other components of the system,
including the financial. However, it also appears that the control is imperfect,
subject to resistance if it tries to go too far.

It also appears that there are some distinct factions involved, the two major
contenders being those more highly motivated persons concerned about meeting
the challenges we face, the other being the more corrupt ones trying to expand
their power and wealth. The alliance between these factions appears to be
increasingly strained as growing corruption begins to impair the effectiveness
of the institutions of society to meet the perceived challenges.

An analogy might be to a sinking ship, in which some want to build and equip
lifeboats and others who want to make sure they are the ones who get to go in
them. Each needs the other, for the time being, but the latter are beginning to
threaten the production and seaworthiness of the lifeboats.

What we have is in many ways a classic oligarchy, with multiple components in an
uneasy alliance with one another. No one individual is paramount, and anyone can
be replaced if he gets too far out of line, by some combination of the others,
each of whom derives his power from the institutions and assets under his
influence.

Of course, the ones who get trampled under this regime are the ordinary people,
who receive just enough under the deal to keep them quiet. The Powers That Be
fear above all that the people might rise up and overthrow them, something that
the people could still do if they could ever act in concert. Social control
therefore becomes a matter of keeping them placated, divided, and misinformed.

Unfortunately for their scheme, they face the same problem the Roman Empire did.
To keep the people placated, they are forced to pay them off, and meet
increasing demands for such payoffs, while growth of the productive sector
falters, or even shrinks relative to the population. Economic growth and the
solutions to our social problems are being impaired by the depredations of the
corrupt elements of the Shadow Government, who are concentrating assets in a
way and at a rate that threaten the viability of the economy. The Romans solved
the problem of keeping their citizens supplied with bread and circuses by
predation of outlying provinces. Modern capitalist nations tried the same
thing, but that imperial order is breaking down, and the only thing left is
economic growth. If that growth falters, the welfare state fails, and with it
the social stability on which the Established Order depends.

Shadow Finance
Some of the best indications that the Shadow Government is not centered in the
financial sector are the things it has to do to finance itself. Shadow
Government is expensive. We can identify the main sources of its revenue:

(1) Black budgets. This is the core of its operations, but is not enough to
secure its control over the country and the world.

(2) Drug trade. It has seized control of the major part of the illegal traffic
in addictive substances, in part by using the organs of law enforcement to
eliminate competition, and by gaining control of the money and the ways it gets
re-introduced into the economy.

(3) Raiding financial institutions. This is what was done with the S&Ls, and is
being done, more slowly, with the banks. It involves several aspects: diversion
of the funds, seizure of smaller institutions by a few large ones under Shadow
Government control, with the seizure financed by the taxpayers, and acquisition
under distressed prices of the assets of those institutions, many of which are
well-positioned business enterprises that give the Shadow Government both
control of the key enterprises in most business sectors and sources of revenue.
The Savings & Loan raid was used to finance a major expansion of the Shadow
Government. However, it is not a method that can be repeated.

(4) Public authorities. These are quasi- governmental enterprises that control
substantial assets, often taxpayer-subsidized, without effective
accountability. They include housing, port, energy, water, transportation, and
educational authorities.<6> To this might also be added various utilities, and
both public and publicly-regulated private monopolies, like local telephone and
cable companies. They are also a major source of government contracts.

(5) Government contracts. Major source of diverted funds, but must often be
shared with others involved.

(6) Arms trade. Another major source of funds, both direct and diverted. But
requires payoffs to local officials.

Shadow Control
The problem with secret government is that to remain secret, it cannot involve
too many people who are aware of the situation. The more that become involved,
the greater the chance that some of them who retain some sense of honor might
defect. An occasional defector can be disabled, killed or discredited, but a
flood of them could be disastrous. That is what brought down the Bolshevik
regime in the Soviet Union.

Shadow control therefore consists largely of the placement of shadow agents in
key positions in all of the institutions that are to be controlled. Since they
cannot reveal their true role, they are also somewhat constrained in the
actions they can take. What they do has to fit their jobs and not conflict in
an obvious way with the mission of the organization, even if they head it. Some
of the main targeted institutions are the following:

(1) Top and key lower positions in the executive, legislative, and judicial
branches. Key judges, especially presiding judges who assign cases.

(2) Staff positions under the top positions, such as the congressional staff
members who really run Congress.

(3) Intelligence agencies. The CIA<7>, NSA and various military intelligence
divisions. Among their functions are death squads that eliminate troublesome
persons, although they usually avoid doing that to more prominent ones. They
also have developed mind control techniques that can be used to mess up the
minds of people they want to discredit or disable.<8> Actually, almost every
department of government has an intelligence function, and that function is the
Shadow Government's main point of control of the department.

(4) Military organizations, law enforcement, and taxing agencies, especially the
IRS. Not only federal, but also state and local, at least in the major cities.
The IRS and other agencies are used to harass persons considered troublesome,
and sometimes to prosecute them on trumped up charges, in which evidence is
planted or manufactured and government witnesses perjure themselves.

(5) Major banks, insurance companies, pension funds, holding companies,
utilities, public authorities, contractors, manufacturers, distributors,
transport firms, security services, credit reporting services. Forbidden by law
from maintaining dossiers on citizens not the subject of criminal investigation,
the agencies get around the restriction by using contractors to maintain the
data for them, and have amazingly detailed data on almost everyone. When you
hire one of the major security services, you are turning over the keys to your
premises to the shadow government.

(6) Major media. Newspapers, magazines, television and radio stations. Together,
they control the National Election Service, which in turn controls the outcome
of computerized elections.<9> They suppress coverage of certain subjects, and
are the channel for the Shadow Government's propaganda and disinformation
campaigns. A major part of the budget of the CIA is for film and video
production. They aren't making training films.

(7) Communications networks. Telephone, telegraph, cable and satellite. The
Shadow Government can bug any communication they wish, without bothering with a
court order, and they regularly monitor dissidents and other key figures. Major
holes in their control here are the Internet and public-key encryption, which
the Shadow Government is trying to suppress. Although the Internet can be
monitored, it cannot be effectively controlled, and it is emerging as a major
threat to Shadow control.

(8) Organized crime. Despite occasional convictions, they are now mostly treated
as a profit center and as the executors of the dirty jobs. They are also the
providers of vices for the corrupt members of government, which vices are also
used to blackmail and control people.

(9) Education. Universities and public education. Universities are the least
effectively controlled components, but still important, largely for
recruitment. Main aim here is to divert student activists into unproductive
channels, or to get students so involved in careerism that they ignore the
important issues.

(10) Civic, political, and labor organizations. The two major political parties.
Political action committees. League of Women Voters. Trade and professional
associations, such as the American Bar Association and the American Medical
Association. Labor unions.

(11) International organizations. The United Nations, NATO, the IMF.
Multinational corporations.

(12) Governmental and nongovernmental institutions of other countries. We are
doing many of the same things there that are being done in the United States,
especially in the more advanced countries.

Concentration of Power
A major aim of Shadow Government control has been to bring most of the assets
and revenues of the economy under the control of fewer and fewer people. Part
of this is causing the failure of smaller organizations and the absorption of
them by a few large chains. This is being done with banks and other financial
institutions, newspapers and magazines, television and radio stations,
agriculture and mining producers, distributors and retailers, computer
manufacturers, energy and chemical companies, medical providers, and
pharmaceutical companies. Anti-trust enforcement has been weak, used only in a
few sectors, and then only after major concentrations of economic power has
already been achieved.

The process goes beyond normal tendencies toward monopoly or restraint of trade,
or the economies of scale that support the old adage that "the rich get richer".
It is an attempt to consolidate political control. The result has been for a
smaller and smaller proportion of the population to control a larger and larger
proportion of the assets and revenues of the economy, while the middle class
shrinks. We are moving away from the original model of the universal middle
class, and toward a third-world model of a small upper class and a large poor
class, with a small middle class that mainly serve as minions of the rich.

The Shadow Plan
The Shadow Government appears to be operating according to some plan. Many
commentators have dubbed this plan the "New World Order", suggested by the use
of that phrase in a speech by George Bush, referring to the state of affairs
following the end of the Cold War. Actually, that phrase goes back to the
beginning of the Republic, and appears on the Great Seal of the United States
as the motto, Novus Ordo Seclorum. What the Shadow Government itself calls the
plan is uncertain, however, some of its elements are now emerging.

One element is the disarming of the people.<10> There are serious plans and
preparations for a general warrantless sweep of every location in the country
to confiscate weapons. Information about these plans comes from military and
intelligence personnel who are involved in preparing to carry them out. Such an
action would mean seizing more than 300 million firearms from more than 70
million citizens. Obviously, after such a sweep there would be so much public
outrage that there could not be another election. Therefore, it would also be
the formal overthrow of the Constitution.

There are indications that after things settled down, the Shadow Government
would allow the establishment of a parliamentary system that would provide a
faηade of democracy, just as it does in other countries that have such a
system, without effective limits on the powers of government, where "rights"
endure only as long as there is a sufficiently strong constituency that defends
them. Such a system is not a republican form of government, based on the Rule of
Law, or a representative democracy, but merely a tool for control by an
oligarchy.

There is also suspicious circumstantial evidence that part of the plan is the
release of diseases, of which HIV/AIDS is one, to reduce the world population,
selectively.

A key part of the plan seems to involve the development and use of mind control
technologies, both electronic and chemical, which allow the elite to disable
or discredit dissidents and keep the people compliant and productive. The
experimentation that has been done on this is one of the great coverups and
abuses of human rights of our time, far exceeding that of the radiation
experiments that are now coming to light.<11>

Restoring Constitutional Governance
The restoration of constitutional governance need not require a violent
revolution, and we should avoid violence if possible. It can be brought about
in much the way it happened in the Soviet Union. This involves several
elements:

(1) Exposure ("glasnost"). The Shadow Government, even more than the old Soviet
regime, depends on secrecy. Uncover it and it loses most of its power. We need
to end black budgets, require the declassification of most classified
documents, especially those pertaining to UFOs and aliens, and adopt and
enforce sunshine laws to require full disclosure of not just meetings and
agreements among officials, but also among major organizations of all kinds
which may exercise an undue influence on political decisions. We must also
require independent audits of all such organizations.

(2) Restructuring ("perestroika"). We need to enforce strengthened anti-trust
laws to break up large enterprises into many competing firms, not just two or
three, and forbid interlocking directorates, beginning with the broadcast media
and the press. Intelligence and law enforcement agencies need to be broken up
into several competing ones, which can serve as effective checks on abuses by
one another.

(2) Infiltration and defection. We need to get patriots inside key organizations
and encourage insiders to become patriots. The most important are military and
law enforcement organizations, whose members must be conditioned to come over
to the side of the people if there is a confrontation. We must also provide
effective protection for whistleblowers.

(3) Harassment. Lawsuits. Liens. Freedom of Information Act requests.
Surveillance of principals. Local prosecution of federal agents.

(4) Local organization and publicity. Revive the constitutional Militia on the
Swiss model<12>, set up independent investigation teams, alternative
newspapers, talk radio, alert networks. We need to inform the public on what is
happening, and to reach those who now are all too willing to trust the
government to protect them.

(5) Civil disobedience and nonviolent resistance. Protest demonstrations. Tax
protests. Defiance of unconstitutional laws. Refusal of juries to convict.<13>

(6) Armed resistance. This must involve non- provocative, but firm, defense of
persons from illegal abuses, and exclusion of illegal governmental actions from
local areas, county by county, state by state, with insistence on constitutional
compliance.

(7) Transition plan. The oligarchy cannot be expected to come up with a plan for
an orderly return to constitutional governance. The process must be conducted
carefully, to avoid a disastrous collapse.<14> We will need some constitutional
amendments, to make legal some of the things the national government can do
best. The government needs to end budget deficits and acquire the stock of the
Federal Reserve.<15>

Conclusion
The myth is that World War II ended with the defeat of fascism, but what really
happened is that fascism got a grip on those fighting it, and is becoming
increasingly pervasive and powerful. As it grows, it will induce a reaction,
the outcome of which will be a final confrontation. We can all hope that the
confrontation will not be a bloody one, and that it will be resolved while we
still have time to solve our other pressing problems.

<1> See Reed & Cummings, Compromised: Clinton, Bush and the CIA, 1994, Shapolsky
Publishers Inc, 136 W 22nd St, New York, NY 10011, 212/633-2022. Also see
Bartlett & Steele, America: What Went Wrong?, 1992, Andrews & McMeel, 4900 Main
St, Kansas City, MO 64112; and Walter Karp, Liberty Under Siege, New York:
Franklin Square, 1993.

<2> See Timothy Good, Above Top Secret: The Worldwide UFO Cover-up, New York: W.
Morrow, 1988; Alien Contact: Top-Secret UFO Files Revealed, New York: W. Morrow,
1993.

<3> For a fairly comprehensive treatment of such views, see Albert Gore, Jr.,
Earth in the Balance, New York: Houghton-Mifflin, 1992. Also see Paul Ehrlich,
Population/ Resources/ Environment, San Francisco: Freeman, 1972.

<4> For one treatment of American history that goes into this, see Clarence B.
Carson, Basic American Government, 1993, American Textbook Committee, Route 1,
Box 13, Wadley, AL 36276.

<5> There is abundant literature on this theme, most of it lacking hard
evidence. An example is Gary H. Kah, Enroute to Global Occupation, 1992,
Huntington House Publishers, POB 53788, Lafayette, LA 70505.

<6> One author has identified such public authorities as the Shadow Government,
but it seems more likely that they are just a part of it. See Donald Axelrod,
Shadow Government: the hidden world of public authorities and how they control
$1 trillion dollars of your money, New York: Wiley, 1992.

<7> For a couple of sanitized depictions of this agency, see Loch K. Johnson,
America's Secret Power: the CIA in a democratic society, New York: Oxford,
1989; Rhodri Jeffreys-Jones, The CIA and American Democracy, New Haven: Yale,
1989.

<8> This is discussed in a paper by Martin Cannon, The Controllers: A New
Hypothesis of Alien Abductions, 1990, 8211 Owensmouth Av #206, Canoga Park, CA
91304. $6.00.

<9> This is documented in Collier & Collier, Votescam: the Stealing of America,
1992, Victoria House Press, 67 Wall St #2411, New York, NY 10005. $10.00.

<10> One discussion of this is William R. Tonso, The Gun Culture and its
Enemies, 1990, Second Amendment Foundation, James Madison Building, 12500 N.E.
Tenth Place, Bellevue, WA 98005.

<11> This is documented in a paper by Julianne McKinney, Microwave Harassment &
Mind- Control Experimentation, Electronic Surveillance Project, Association of
National Security Alumni, PO Box 13625, Silver Spring, MD 20911-3625,
301/608-0143. $5.00.

<12> For a general discussion of this, see Morgan Norval, The Militia in 20th
Century America: A Symposium, 1985, Gun Owners Foundation, 5881 Leesburg Pike,
Falls Church, VA 22041. Also see Stephen P. Halbrook, That Every Man Be Armed,
1984, Independent Institute, 134 98th Av, Oakland, CA 94603.

<13> For a comprehensive treatment of constitutional history and law, see
Bernard Schwartz, The Roots of the Bill of Rights, New York: Chelsea House,
1980.

<14> The ways this might occur are discussed in Joseph A. Taintes, The Collapse
of Complex Societies, New York: Cambridge, 1988.

<15> For some views on needed reforms, see Martin Gross, A Call for Revolution,
New York: Ballantine, 1993.

Aloha, I thought it worth commenting on Richard Boylan's latest
article which appears to be a well reasoned appraisal of the
antigravity craft possessed by the U.S. military. Dr Boylan cites a
number of whistleblower sources to build an overview of the
antigravity craft developed by various U.S. military contractors as a
result of reverse engineering captured extraterrestrial vehicles. It's
  worth keeping in mind that Boylan is certainly correct in his main
thesis that military contractors have been working on advanced craft
based on extraterrestrial technologies covertly supplied to them. This
should come as no surprise based on what Col Philip Corso revealed in
terms of his involvement in U.S. Army efforts to pass on
extraterrestrial technologies to civilian industries from the Roswell
wreckage available in his filing cabinet. Of course, the scraps of ET
material in Corso's filing cabinet pales in comparison with the actual
craft retrieved by elite UFO retrieval units on many occasions as
whistleblowers such as Sgt Clifford Stone claim.

While the details of each covert program cited by Boylan may be called
into question due to the inherent problem in whistleblower testimonies
that may be seeded with disinformation, his basic premise and overview
appears well thought through. Boylan's research reveals that Space
based weapon systems already exist and have been used for several
decades. This suggests that the Strategic Defense Initiative is just a
cover for a covert weapons program that has been underway for some
time and has already been deployed. SDI therefore may be little more
than an effort to take space based weapons systems out of the 'black'
world of illicit black budget funding, into the 'white world' of
Congressionally approved Special Access Programs that can be funded by
federal appropriations. This allows the black budget funds raised
through illicit sources that previously funded these covert programs
to be earmarked for other 'urgent' purposes.

This suggests that efforts to prevent the weaponization of space need
to consider the covert programs already deployed and the need of
military policy makers to get some of these into the 'white world' in
order to gain Congressional funding for other 'black projects'. The
proper focus should therefore be on making transparent the space
weapons systems currently deployed, and to have some accountability
process for the deployment and use of such weapons systems by
Congressional committees. Turning back the covert deployment of space
based weapons is a much more difficult challenge than preventing their
initial deployment which has already occurred. Furthermore, the
targeting of extraterrestrial vehicles by exotic weapons systems is
certainly a major cause for concern as Boylan points out. However, as
influential insiders such as Col Philip Corso have indicated, there is
genuine military concern over extraterrestrial violations of national
sovereignty and human rights
(http://www.exopolitics.org/Exo-Comment-39.htm ). This has led to
Corso and others supporting the deployment of such space based weapons
systems. Consequently, there is great work to be done in bridging
genuine military concerns over intrusive extraterrestrial activities,
and egregious military practices of targeting extraterrestrial
vehicles with exotic weapons systems.

In peace

Michael Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org


****
Classified Advanced Antigravity Aerospace Craft
Utilizing Back-engineered Extraterrestrial Technology
by
Richard Boylan, Ph.D.
© 2005

As a behavioral scientist and clinician, I have been working for
over 15 years with persons who report having had an encounter with
an extraterrestrial intelligent life form, a Star Visitor. During
the course of this work I have felt it necessary to learn as much as
possible about the veridical reality of UFOs, and what the
government already knows about these visitors from afar. As
information on Star Visitors and their encounters with humans piled
up, I began to publish my findings, presenting them at national and
international conferences, in specialty journals, and in media
interviews. This in turn brought me to the attention of certain
figures, currently or formerly in highly-classified sectors of
government and the military ad intelligence agencies. These
individuals decided to leak certain additional information to me,
knowing that I would thus serve as a conduit to bring such leaked
information to the attention of the portion of the public interested
and ready for such information.
My doctoral training in psychology and anthropology taught the value
of first-hand field research. And because the existence and
operations of various undeclared or secret government installations
related to Star Visitor matters are not going to be plumbed without
field research, I made it my task, starting in 1992, to reconnoiter,
observe, and in some instances penetrate many of the most important
of these installations. I reasoned that the knowledge I gained could
be very helpful to the experiencers who consult with me, to help
them feel secure that they had not hallucinated, but that such
advanced technology exists, and in fact, the American government is
in possession of some of this technology.
Additionally, the hundreds of experiencers of encounters shared with
me information they possessed, including about advanced U.S. craft,
either by reason of being told such things by the Star Visitors, or
by being kidnaped by rogue military-intelligence units and taken
aboard one of these craft to one or other of these installations, or
viewed such craft once they arrived. This added to my store of
information and data on advanced U.S. antigravity craft.
While I have gathered, or been entrusted by others with,
considerable information on special American aerospace craft, I do
not purport to know everything that is in the U.S. arsenal, nor
everything about the operations and capabilities of the craft that I
am about to identify. What I know is presented here. I have held
nothing back.
At this time, I am aware of the existence of ten kinds of special-
technology advanced aerospace platforms [mil-speak for craft], all
incorporating antigravity technology in some form. These ten are:
the Northrop Grumman B-2 Spirit Stealth Bomber, the Aurora,
Lockheed-Martin's X-33A, Boeing and Airbus Industries' Nautilus, the
TR3-A Pumpkinseed , the TR3-B Triangle , Northrop's Great
Pumpkin disc, Teledyne Ryan Aeronautical's XH-75D Shark
antigravity helicopter, and Lockheed-Martin and Northrop's jointly-
developed TAW-50 hypersonic antigravity fighter-bomber.
Before we examine these ten exotic aerospace craft, a brief overview
of the different forms of generating antigravity fields is in order.
The most primitive antigravity technology is electrogravitic. This
involves using voltages in the millions of volts to disrupt the
ambient gravitational field. This results in an 89% reduction in
gravity's hold on airframes in such vehicles as the B-2 Stealth
Bomber and the TR3-B Triangle craft. And given the considerable
ambient ionization field I observed around the X-22A, it is
reasonable to assume that extreme-voltage electrogravitics is also
employed with these craft.
The next level up of sophistication is magnetogravitic. This
involves generating high-energy toroidal fields spun at incredible
rpm's, which also disrupts the ambient gravitational field, indeed
to the extent that a counterforce to Earth's gravitational pull is
generated . The early British aeronautical engineers called this
dynamic counterbary . This may have been used in some earlier
American saucers and prototypes, but I have only been told that the
secret Nautilus spacefaring craft uses magnetic pulsing , which
appears to utilize this technology.
The third level of sophistication, that used in the more modern
American antigravity craft, is direct generation and harnessing of
the gravitational strong force. Such a strong-force field extends
slightly beyond the atomic nucleus of Element 115, an exotic element
donated by Star Visitor scientist-consultants to human scientists at
S-4, a secret base south of Area 51. By amplifying that exposed
gravitational strong force, and using antimatter reactor high
energy, and then directing it, it is possible to lift a craft from
the Earth and then change directions by vectoring the shaped
antigravity force field thus generated. Important information about
this third technology is available on Bob Lazar's website. (1.) This
information is also described on the Bob Lazar video. Lazar worked
on extraterrestrial technology at Los Alamos National Laboratory,
and Area 51's Site S-4. (2.)
Let us now examine these 10 advanced craft in more detail. The
amount of information available for each varies; in some cases more
is known, in other cases very little.
1) The B-2 Stealth bomber is manufactured Northrop-Grumman. The Air
Force describes it as a low-observable strategic, long-range heavy
bomber capable of penetrating sophisticated and dense air-defense
shields. Retired Air Force Colonel Donald Ware passed on to me
information from a three-star general he knows, who revealed to him
in July that the B-2 [Stealth bombers] have electro-gravitic
systems on board; and that this explains why our 21 Northrop B-2s
cost about a billion dollars each. (3.)
2) The Aurora SR-33A is a moderate-sized spacefaring vehicle. The
late National Security Council scientist Dr. Michael Wolf (4.) of
NSC's unacknowledged Special Studies Group subcommittee, (formerly
called MJ-12), has stated that the Aurora can operate on both
conventional fuel and antigravity field propulsion systems. He
further stated that the Aurora can travel to the Moon. Wolf had
also disclosed to me that the U.S. has a small station on the Moon,
and a tiny observation post on Mars (5). Thus I doubt that Dr. Wolf
would characterize the Aurora thus, unless it was a vessel already
used in making such trips. He disclosed additionally that the Aurora
operates out of Area 51, (Groom Dry Lake Air Force Station), at the
northeast corner of the Nellis AFB Range, north of Las Vegas,
Nevada.
3) The Lockheed-Martin X-33A military spaceplane is a prototype of
Lockheed's other spaceplane, the single-stage-to-orbit reuseable
aerospace vehicle, the National SpacePlane . Lockheed-Martin does
not say too much about its winged, delta-shape X-33 VentureStar,
except to say that we are building it. To be at that stage of
development for its public-program SpacePlane, clearly Lockheed-
Martin has already long since built prototypes, as well as an
unacknowledged military version, which I have dubbed the X-33A. The
A suffix stands for antigravity.
Colonel Donald Ware, USAF (ret.) told me that he had recently
learned from a three-star General that the VentureStar X-33 has
electrogravitics (antigravity) system on board (6.). This virtually
assures that the unacknowledged military antigravity version, the X-
33 A, must surely also have electrogravitics on board. It is
possible that what I have called the X-33A is the Aurora craft which
Dr. Wolf described.
4) the Lockheed X-22A is a two-man antigravity disc fighter. The
late Colonel Steve Wilson, USAF (ret.), stated that military
astronauts trained at a secret aerospace academy separate from the
regular Air Force Academy at Colorado Springs, CO. These military
astronauts then operate out of Beale and Vandenberg Air Force Bases,
Northern California From those bases, these military astronauts
regularly fly trans-atmospherically and out into space (7.). One of
the aerospace craft they use, Colonel Wilson reported, is the X-22A.
Another informant, Z , aka Jesse , who formerly worked at the NSA
told me that the Lockheed X-22A antigravity fighter disc fleet is
equipped with Neutral Particle Beam directed-energy weapons, that it
is capable of effecting optical as well as radar invisibility, and
that it is deployable for worldwide military operations from the new
U.S. Space Warfare Headquarters, located in hardened underground
facilities beneath 13,528' King's Peak in the Wasatch Mountains'
High Uintas Primitive (Wilderness) Area, 80 miles east of Salt Lake
City (8).
Recently I also heard from an Army engineer, formerly TDY'ed to
NASA, who shall remain unnamed at his request. He also confirmed
that Lockheed had made the X-22A, the two-man antigravity fighter
disc which I had seen test-flown in a canyon adjacent to the main
Area 51 operations zone. He explained why I had seen the X-22A so
nervously flown during that test flight. He said that the original X-
22A had had a standard altimeter hard-wired into it, but that such
an instrument would give faulty readings in the craft's antigravity
field, which bends space-time. He had recommended that they instead
use a gradiometer, which would function better. Apparently his
suggestion was finally taken up, since in more recent years I have
seen the X-22As flying more smoothly and confidently at high
altitudes over and near Area 51.
Another informant who wishes his identity kept private related
operational details about military deployment of antigravity disc
craft which sound like the X-22A. He reports: During operation
Desert Storm a close relative of mine was in charge of a Marine
Division right on the front. In the first days film footage and
especially video-cams which a large number of G.I.s had were
impounded, so they wouldn`t capture any sensitive material. Iraq was
pumped up and Gung-Ho, since they had well over 50,000 troops ready
to charge us, [and] since we only had about 3500 they knew of, and
they knew [that], because of the close proximity of troops we
couldn`t nuke them, so, they were assuming piece of cake . Wrong.
Two pictures my relative confiscated from one of his officers
showed: 1. a large disc-shaped craft slightly in front of our men
with a high intensity beam of light emitting out of it; then, 2.
where men, equipment, etc. was [had stood], there only remained
dark charcoal-like spots on the desert floor. We have had this
technology for quite a while.
The described disc was clearly an antigravity levitating aerial
weapons platform in the U.S. arsenal. Quite possibly it was the
Lockheed X-22A two-man discoid craft, the real DarkStar, of which
the unmanned drone X-22 DarkStar is a aircraft cover program to
disguise the existence of this manned antigravity fighter disc, the
X-22A.
Further, as Z noted, the real manned discs come equipped with the
latest Neutral Particle Beam weapons, which take apart the target at
the molecular level. Star Visitor craft do not incinerate humans.
Only human military fighters are so deployed. So the above report
does not deal with any extraterrestrial event.
5) The Nautilus is another space- faring craft, a secret military
spacecraft which operates by magnetic pulsing (9.). It operates out
of the unacknowledged new headquarters of the U.S. Space Command,
deep under a mountain in Utah. It makes twice-a-week trips up to the
secret military-intelligence space station, which has been in deep
space for the past thirty years, and manned by U.S. and USSR (now
CIS) military astronauts. The Nautilus also is used for superfast
surveillance operations, utilizing its ability to penetrate target
country airspace from above from deep space, a direction not usually
expected. It is manufactured jointly by Boeing's Phantom Works near
Seattle and EU's Airbus Industries Anglo-French consortium.
During travel to Washington State several years ago, I had a
conversation with a former Boeing executive who worked in their
Phantom Works, Boeing's black projects division, (roughly the
equivalent of Lockheed's Skunk Works). The executive confirmed what
I had earlier learned from an intelligence insider: that Boeing had
teamed up with Europe's Airbus Industrie to manufacture the
Nautilus.
6) The TR3-A Pumpkinseed is a super-fast air vehicle. The
Pumpkinseed nickname is a reference to its thin oval airframe,
whose contours resemble that seed.. It may be the craft identified
as using pulse detonation technology for propulsion in a sub-
hypersonic regime, and also uses antigravity technology for either
mass-reduction or complementary field propulsion at higher speed
levels. As air breathers, these Pulse Detonation Wave Engines
(PDWEs) could theoretically propel a hypersonic aircraft towards
Mach 10 at an altitude in excess of 180,000 feet. Used to power an
trans-atmospheric vehicle, the same PDWEs might be capable of
lifting the craft to the edge of space when switched to rocket mode.
7) the TR3-B Triangle, The Astra , is a large triangular anti-
gravity craft within the U.S. fleet.. Black projects defense
industry insider Edgar Rothschild Fouche wrote about the existence
of the TR3-B in his book, Alien Rapture (10.).
My ex-NSA informant, Z , also confirmed the TR3-B is operational.
Z had this to say about the TR3-B triangular antigravity craft.
TR3-B. This is the code name for what everyone on Earth has seen. It
is a very large triangular-shaped re-entry vehicle with anti-
gravity. It is what the November [2000] issue of Popular Mechanics
identified as the Lenticular Reentry Vehicle, a nuclear-powered
flying saucer, the first version of which went operational in 1962,
[the version Popular Mechanics illustrated.]
It was used in Gulf War's early hours with electromagnetic-
pulse/laser cannons. It literally sat mid-air, firing long-, medium-
, short-range to take out antennas, towers, communications, air
traffic control towers, TV dishes and centers, etc. For three hours,
these three triangles [TR3-Bs] just sat there blowing up everything
in sight. Then the Stealth fighters had fun for the rest of the day
into the early evening next night. Then [followed] carpet bombings
from high altitude B-52 Strato-Fortresses. They dumped all the old,
aged Vietnam-era crap {munitions]; a third blew up and the rest
[were] duds. Anyways, the TR3B has been in testing since the '60s.
But it has only been perfected for the last 8 years [since 1992]. It
is a good remake of what Truman first saw, [the Roswell semi-
circular craft]. It is compartmentalized, built by the Skunk Works
{Lockheed-Martin's classified plant at Palmdale, CA) and Boeing
[Phantom Works, Seattle]. It is housed in Utah. Z was reminding
of his earlier revelation that the U.S. Space Command has located
its prime headquarters and antigravity space-launch fleet facility
beneath King Mountain, the tallest mountain in the Wasatch Range
east of Salt Lake City, Utah.
8) Northrop Aircraft Corporation has manufactured its Northrop
antigravity disc, (designation unknown), which I have dubbed the
Great Pumpkin , from its brilliant ruddy golden-orangish glow. I
first saw these craft operationally test-flown in 1992 above the
Groom Range ridge line at Area 51, Nevada. Later I saw the same
intensely burning-bright orange-gold craft that I had seen above
Areas 51 being test-flown sixty miles north of Los Angeles, in the
Tehachapi Mountains east of Edwards Air Force Base. There the
Northrop has its secret saucer manufacturing works buried deep
within the mountains. I saw the same intensely burning-bright orange-
gold craft test-flown above Northrop's mountaintop test bed there as
I had seen above Areas 51/S-4 (11.). When energized these discs emit
their characteristic intense glow. It is reasonable to assume that
this is due to strong ionization, and that electrogravitics is the
methodology of their field propulsion.
9) The XH-75D or XH Shark antigravity helicopter is manufactured by
Teledyne Ryan Aeronautical Corporation of San Diego. Colonel Wilson
reported that many of these XH-75Ds were assigned to the
Delta/National Reconnaissance Organization Division which retrieves
downed UFOs. That Division is also implicated in mutilating cattle
as a psychological warfare program on the American public, to try to
get citizens to fear and hate extraterrestrials through assuming
that aliens are the ones cutting up the cattle. Colonel Wilson
also leaked a drawing of the XH-75D Shark. (See:
http://www.drboylan.com/shrkhelo.jpg
10) The TAW-50 is a hypersonic, antigravity space fighter-bomber. A
defense contractor with whom I have been in communication leaked to
me details of this U.S. Advanced TAW-50 warcraft. Developed during
the early 1990s, the capabilities of this war-bird are jaw-dropping.
And the technology shows that the Defense Department did not fail to
utilize what it learned combing through the wreckage of various UFO
crashes.
The TAW-50 was jointly developed by the Lockheed-Martin Skunk Works
(Palmdale-Helendale, CA) and Northrop (undoubtedly at their
undeclared Anthill facility within the Tehachapi Mountains,
northwest of Lancaster, CA.) Both companies have a history of
development of secret anti-gravity craft at these Mojave Desert
facilities.
The TAW-50 has speed capabilities well in excess of Mach 50, a
number the contractor calls a very conservative estimate. Its
actual speed is classified. Since Mach-1 is 1,225 kilometers per
hour, (approximately 748 mph), this means that the TAW-50 is capable
of moving considerably faster than 38,000 mph. In comparison, the
velocity required to escape Earth's gravity is 25,000 mph. Therefore
the TAW-50 isa capable of going into space, and does.
The TAW-50 has a SCRAM (supersonic ramjet) propulsion system for
passing through the outer atmosphere. The TAW-50 utilizes
electrogravitics to maintain its own artificial gravity while in
weightless space, as well as to nullify the vehicle's mass during
operations. The TAW-50's power supply is provided by a small nuclear
power generator that the contractor said is Normal-Inert . The
contractor said that the space plane uses electromagnetoferrometric
power generation by the immersion of pellets in heavy water
(deuterium) and specially-designed coil superconductive magnets,
which yield enormous amounts of free electrons when placed in an
immersion which has been triggered into an oscillating field-state
flux.
The TAW-50 has a crew of four. Nevertheless, the TAW-50 flies so
fast that it requires computers to fly it. These were developed by
American Computer Company, who derived them from its Valkyrie
XB/9000 AI [artificial intelligence] Guidance series. They utilize a
RISC Milspec Superchip. There are 180 of them in the flight control
system, and 64 more in the weapons guidance system, the contractor
reported.
It can carry a combined payload of glide bombs and a package of MIRV
(Multiple Independently-targeted Reentry Vehicles), mil-speak for a
group of intercontinental ballistic missiles, each of which can seek
out and strike a different target. The MIRV pack also contains
reentry-capable balloon countermeasures to make it very difficult
for laser and other defensive weapons to track down where the real
MIRVs are and intercept them.
The TAW-50 is armed with its own Kill Laser system, which can track
and immolate SAM (Surface-to-Air missiles), STTA (Surface-To-Trans-
Atmosphere missiles), ATA (Air-To- Air missiles), and ATTA (Air-To-
Trans-Atmospheric missiles). The TAW-50's killer lasers can also
knock down high-performance fighter interceptors. The TAW's Kill
Laser is much smaller than the earlier 1980s-era SDI (Star Wars
program) models, and has a miniaturized cooling core and 500 times
the wattage. The contractor said it uses a spontaneous nucleonic
burst to trigger the lasing [laser] effect.
In addition, the TAW-50 is armed with microsuperexplosive HyperDart
missiles. These are just a little larger than ordinary aircraft
cannon ammunition, but travel at hypersonic speed for up to three
minutes, and have enormous explosive capability. One HyperDart can
blow apart a MiG fighter anywhere within 20 feet of the HyperDart.
The TAW-50 carries several hundred HyperDarts.
Because the TAW-50 is designed to operate in space, it has on board
a two-day air supply. This air supply can be extended by using its
scoop system and traveling into the upper atmosphere to harvest more
oxygen.
The contractor did not reveal the size of the space fighter-bomber
except to say, It's a pretty big thing.
The performance of the TAW-50 makes it virtually impossible to
defend against. It can hide in orbit many hundreds of miles into
space, orbiting at times at 22,000 mph. Then, without warning, it
can dive straight down through the atmosphere at over 38,000 miles
per hour on an 80-degree attack vector, reverse direction within 150
feet of the ground with very little loss of motion and without a
glide turn, and almost instantly go vertically straight up at over
38,000 mph until long after it leaves the atmosphere and resumes
orbiting in space. The contractor noted, Those [electro-]gravitics
allow it to change its mass to almost nothing in a moment, and
reverse direction in a second, increase its acceleration to so many
times G [Earth's gravity] it's not funny, yet they are able to
nearly nullify the G-force on the pilots. They [the
electrogravitics] are fourth-generation, with the ability to bring
it to a complete standstill in under 2 milliseconds, if need be,
without crushing the pilots, and keep it there for quite some time.
The contractor notes, It's far too fast for tracking radars.
And, he adds, What military aims its radars straight up?
The TAW-50 can be refueled and rearmed in orbit by docking with the
secret undeclared Military Space Station that is in orbit (12) The
entire refueling and rearming procedure takes under 10 minutes. Who
mans the gas pumps? Military astronauts trained at the Secret Air
Force Academy, located in the hills west of the official Air Force
Academy at Colorado Springs, CO. These military astronauts rotate
duty by traveling to and from Vandenberg Air Force Base on other
military antigravity vehicles (13.).
http://www.drboylan.com/xplanes2.html
The Cape Canaveral Space Shuttles have carried the arming platforms
( classified Defense Department payloads ) up to the secret Military
Space Station. The contractor reported that with a few extra tanks
of LOX (liquid oxygen), the TAW-50 could fly to the Moon and back.
As of 2002, the U.S. has 20 TAW-50s in its arsenal. But, as the
contractor commented, you could take out an entire nation in under
10 days with only 10 of these, doing three attacks a day. One can
wipe out an entire city the size of suburban Cleveland in a single
attack without having to use any nukes at all.
The electrogravitics for the TAW-50 was produced by GE Radionics.
Pratt & Whitney designed the SCRAM atmospheric penetrator
technology. American Computing Company created the artificial-
intelligence supercomputers.
The contractor said he could not tell me anything else. And it was
clear he did not want his name used. So, this is what is known.

11?) Are the above the current state-of-the-art in advanced
aerospace craft? No. There have been advances beyond "mere"
antigravity field propulsion. Quantum particulate physics is now
being used to update a variety of aerospace craft and their weapons
systems.
On a recent (09/16/05) field trip to the boundary of Area 51, during
a middle-of-the-night observation, I saw first one, then another,
and finally six brightly-lit objects suddenly appear at
approximately 1000' (305 meters) height above the desert floor. The
intensely-glowing ruddy golden-orangish ionization field surrounding
these craft appeared identical to the field around the Northrop
antigravity disc. But in the 13 years since I had last observed the
Northrop discs above Area 51, and at their Tehachapi Mountains
manufacturing site, considerable progress has been made. In 1992,
the Northrop disc slowly rose vertically from its flight pad and
gradually reached flight altitude. But in 2005 these craft are able
to depart from their flight pad and suddenly appear at flight
altitude without any visible ascent. And it is not a matter of their
ionization field having been turned off during ascent for stealth
purposes. The ionization field comes with electrogravitic field
propulsion. If the ionization were turned off, the craft would fall
from the sky. Rather what appears to be going on is that the
Northrop engineers have incorporated quantum physics principles into
the propulsion. Simply stated, Northrop appears to have harnessed
quantum entanglement to achieve quantum teleportation. To the
observer the craft simply ceases to exist on the flight pad and
instantly begins to exist at, in this case, 1000 feet altitude. If
the interpretation of this observation is correct, then there exists
an 11th entry in the U.S. "antigravity" arsenal, the Northrop
Quantum Teleportation Disc.
If the black-budget scientists keep advancing along these lines, we
could foresee the day when a fleet of Air Force craft
suddenly "cease to exist" on the air base runway and instantly
appear at 35,000 feet altitude over a target city halfway around the
globe.

America has used its enormous wealth to become the global super-
power. The TAW-50 is but one example of its exotic, unnecessarily
proliferative, and highly-destructive arsenal. The world awaits the
day when America finds its soul, and pays more attention to matters
of spirit, mind and metaphysical development, and withdraws from its
addiction to war toys.
It has been said that if the American people knew what the military
had in their arsenal today, they wouldn't believe it, and would
think that someone was fantasizing about a George Lucas Star Wars
movie episode.
But it's not science-fiction. The future is already here.


Footnotes
1. See: http://www.boblazar.com/closed/reactor.htm
2. UFOs and Area 51, Vol. 2 - The Bob Lazar Video (1999),
available via Amazon on-line bookstore at: www.Amazon.com
3. Personal communication, September 20, 1997.
4. See: http://www.drboylan.com/wolfdoc2.html
5. See: http://www.drboylan.com/wolfqut2.html
6. Personal communication, September 20, 1997.
7. See: http://www.drboylan.com/swilson2.html
8. Personal communication, February 10, 2002.
9. See: http://www.drboylan.com/basespst2.html
10. See: http://www.wealth4freedom.com/truth/bt3r.htm
11. See: http://www.drboylan.com/grantour2.html
12. See: http://www.drboylan.com/basespst2.htm
13. See: http://www.drboylan.com/colww3a.html
14. See: http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qt-entangle
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
Author information:
Richard Boylan, Ph.D. is an internationally-noted rsearcher of UFOs
and Star Visitors and of transformed human Star Kids and Star Seed
adults. He is a behavioral scientist, exo-anthropologist, emeritus
university Associate Professor of Psychology, Registered Social
Worker, Certified Clinical Hypnotherapist, and Councillor.
He is President of the Star Kids Project, Ltd., a nonprofit
educational organization. He is author of four books, the latest,
Star Kids: the Emerging Cosmic Generation (2005).
Author contact information:
Richard Boylan, Ph.D.
P.O. Box 22310, Sacramento, CA 95822 , USA
E-mail: drboylan@...
(916) 422-7400
Website: www.drboylan.com

Aloha, here is an interview with Dr Courtney Brown recently released
on the internet by Paola Harris who first conducted the interview in
April 2000 and published it in her book, Connecting the Dots(pp. 185-202). Dr
Brown discusses his own personal involvement in the development of
(Scientific)Remote Viewing (SRV), and the protocols he has developed for SRV.
Among the many interesting points discussed in the interview is his view of two
different groups of extraterresrials locked in a conflict: Grays and Reptilians.
He believes this is one of the reasons why ET disclosure doesn't occur since the
'secret government' is not sure how to explain such a conflict, and what side to
take.

My own analysis is that extraterrestrials do indeed have conflicts
that degenerate into violent confrontations as historically described
in Zecharia Sitchin's analysis of Sumerian cuneiform records. It
should come as no surprise that this continues to the present day and
lends credence to the view that some ETs view humanity as a resource
to be harvested, while others view humanity as 'an experiment' to be
protected.

Thanks to Paola Harris for permission to distribute this interview.

In peace

Michael E. Salla, PhD
www.exopolitics.org


*********

Interview with Courtney Brown, Ph.D.
Author: Cosmic Explorers
Cosmic Explorers Scientific Remote viewing, Extraterrestrials, and a
Message for mankind

By Paola Harris - April 17, 2000

Source:
http://www.paolaharris.it/Remote-Viewings1.htm
http://www.paolaharris.it/Remote-Viewings2.htm

Harris: Do you mind if I tape this so I don't make mistakes? I'm
taping this with a regular tape with a telephone system here in Rome.

Brown: yeah, Okay

Harris: Okay

Brown: Thank you very much for asking for this interview. I saw your
web site and it was very interesting.

Harris: The people in Italy found out that I had worked with Dr. J
Allen Hyneck in the '80's and they started asking me to do UFO
research and so that's how I got involved.

Brown: That's an exciting field for you to be in. That's great.

Harris: Well , Let me explain your book was given to me about a month
ago because I'm really interested in remote viewing. I had been
interested in Ingo Swann when he came out with his web site and his
book Penetration and I thought, how come all of a sudden this work
which I thought was top secret government project becomes public and
people can talk about it?

Brown: Yeah, well there are actually two sides to it. Ingo's stuff is
very, very up front. I don't see any remote possibility for him to
deceive anyone for any reason. You know, he states that he's tried to
clear up things on record as he's getting older, and he wants to get
on with other things. I can't see any reason, or at least any profit
motivation, for selling Penetration. The first seventy pages is
riveting. I don't think he intended to write a spellbinder or anything
like that. So I find him very credible. I, by the way, don't know
Ingo. I've only spoken to him once for five minutes on the phone.
We've exchanged only one letter, and I wish I had been able to know
him better. So if I say anything dealing with Ingo, it's only third
hand information, but it's always great, great positive stuff. I wish
I'd known him.

Harris: You never worked with Ingo . Did you ever work with Hal Putoff
at the Stanford Research Institute, or any of those people?

Brown: No, we have our own institute here, The Farsight Institute

Harris: Right

Brown: They have an interesting story, but they have a lot of legacy
stuff goes back to the seventies and eighties.

Harris: So did you develop The Farsighted Institute?

Brown: I developed Farsight Institute. What happened was that SRI
International, which used to be Stanford Research, part of Stanford
University, well, they were contracted by the government to research
remote viewing. Apparently, the luminaries in the field are very up
front about the CIA's involvement in terms of the funding, but also
there was the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) as well. The DIA is
the intelligence wing of the Pentagon. And that more recently has
become very up front. The Defense Intelligence Agency of the Pentagon
really had operational purposes for this. It was a very new
phenomenon. The government wanted to know how to use it for espionage
purposes right away, and the scientific illuminaries such Russell Targ
and Hal Putoff wanted to do basic science. I mean, you just can't get
something like this and throw it immediately into operation.

Harris: I know

Brown: What the mechanism is, how it works, can it be reliable, what's
going on? And so they were always under tremendous time pressure and
funding for sure. I get this from published sources.

Harris: Well, I know Hal Putoff, and I just did another interview with
Paul Smith. I don't know if you know Paul Smith.

Brown: Of course he's one of the people I know of very well, but I do
not know him personally.

Harris: Okay. These people talk about the original Stanford Research
Institute

Brown: And so this is the legacy of this whole thing that the Stanford
group started, how the first initial investigation started, under
tremendous financial stress and personal pressure, because the
government always wanted results within months. They wanted
operational information out of it, and so it's sort of a two-edged
sword. They tried to get as much basic science out of it as they
could, given the fact that their funding was going to run out soon
unless they did get some practical stuff out of it. So they had some
remote viewing scenarios which were very successful in getting target
information, and then the U.S. government worked with those people,
back and forth. But with these results, the U.S. Army came into it
strongly. That's where the DIA came in. They developed a remote
viewing squad that was trained in techniques that Ingo Swann
predominately developed, new methods of accessing this information,
and when the US Army came into it, Paul Smith was part of that. There
was another Special Forces (again, U.S. Army) remote viewing group as
well that worked with a different noted psychic, Dr. Richard Ireland.
He trained Glenn Wheaton who now runs the Hawaiian Remote Viewer's
Guild (www.hrvg.org), and their very effective methods are much
different from the Ingo Swan derived methods.

Harris: Right, right.

Brown: And it goes on and on

Harris: But your involvement ? Was it military work? Can you talk
about that?

Brown: I'll get to me in just a second. But anyway, what happened was,
after a while, the US Army, the Pentagon, realized that the
information about remote viewing was going to become open.. They
allowed a few of these people to go out and teach it. This is
information that was told to me by two of those who were in the
original RV/DIA unit. There's a lot of information that goes back and
forth that eventually gets back to me. So what happened was that the
government really wanted the remote viewing stuff to stay in the new
age community, and to stay out of the mainstream. Now I'm not putting
down the new age community. That's how the government saw it. As they
saw it, in the new age community RV would hang around in new age book
stores and healing and metaphysical places and coffee shops, all these
non-mainstream places. That's not how I view these people, but that's
what the government wanted. They wanted it to stay out of mainstream
science where it might get the funding, and possibly get a lot of
attention.

Harris: Now I need to ask you a question right in here, because this
is where I have all my biggest arguments. If they wanted it to stay
there, why would they fund something they don't consider science?

Brown: No that's not true, they have funded it all through out, even
now. They do two things. They say they don't fund it but they do fund it.

Harris: But it is science, isn't it?

Brown: Yeah. It is science. We are strictly a scientific institute.

Harris: Yeah, I understand . I always believed this was scientific,
but I have problems with the people that put it in the goofy new age
category.

Brown: The whole idea was to put it in there and then never let it get
out very far. Now I have been told this by people formerly in the
military, actual people sitting in front of me talking. I won't tell
the names of those people. I don't want to get into it; they didn't
want their names published. Point blank, they were told by their upper
ups, that the remote viewing stuff could only be let out only so much,
anything beyond that would be shut down, and nothing would stop them
(the DIA) from shutting it down. There would be no holds barred. It
would be all oriented around disinformation . They knew it was going
to get out, but they thought they could control it better if it was
out and it was laughed at, or at least marginalized, rather than if I
got out and was taken seriously because you really don't need too many
experiments before you realize it's real. So they had to make people
afraid to do the experiments that would put most scientists on guard
because they don't want to risk their reputations. So the big money
won't go after it.

So, really what happened is that remote viewing is very real, but it's
still very marginal in the scientific community. So what happened was
that these Army guys went out to teach, and I'd made friends with two
of them, and one in particular. I paid cash to learn and to be
professional at it. But I looked at it from an academic's point of view.

Harris: Are you still working at Emory University?

Brown: You can always get my whole academic and professional
background at www.courtneybrown.com

Harris: Okay and you're still at Emory University right?

Brown: Yeah, but when I'm at Emory, I do nothing related to The
Farsight Institute or remote viewing

Harris: Okay, no. I just needed it for the article. You're still a
professor?

Brown: Yep. Again, you can get all that information publicly and
everything, all my published books, my Vitae, my academic books, and
lots of other stuff, on my own personal web site: www.courtneybrown.com

Harris: Have you had problems at all like Harvard professor John Mack
and other people with this material?

Brown: The president of Emory University is very very good. He
understands that these things are separate, and that the scientific
community has not yet put the stamp of approval of what I do. He
understands that it's separate, and people are allowed to pursue their
separate ideas as long as I don't do it in my political science
classes. It's separate. It has nothing to do with what I do at The
Farsight Institute. What I do at Emory University is teach political
science. So anyway, what basically happened is that I originally
learned the Ingo Swan version of RV from one of these ex-military
guys, then we departed company and I founded my own institute. We've
trained over one hundred seventy five people to do remote viewing. I
re-did the RV protocols from my own "professor of science"
perspective. I realized this stuff (as it was coming out of the Army)
was very operationally oriented rather that science oriented, and so I
changed it. I modified it. I adapted it. It wasn't just me, we had all
of our researchers doing it. But our own procedures clearly evolved
from Ingo Swann's procedures. They have a historical connection to
them. And if you look them over, you can see how they evolved from the
Swann procedures. But we have evolved our own procedures and
vocabulary/language for it. We also publish our own web site,
www.farsight.org, which has a huge library of free stuff. We are
formally a IRS non-profit research and educational institute and we do
only basic science in remote viewing. We publish our basic science on
our web site.

Harris: I know. I noticed you have tapes to learn these procedures but
do you have classes to where people can attend?

Brown: We don't have classes, at least right now. But we still teach
lots of people RV, as I will explain. We formerly taught a whole bunch
of people in personalized classes here in Atlanta. Like any college or
university, we did not do this for profit. But it was taking too much
of our time. We could not get our research done . We were interested
(just like Putoff and everybody else) in doing basic science research.
So we decided to stop teaching and for a year and a half, we just
didn't do any teaching. But so many people asked us about training
that we decided to come out with a large free downloadable audio
course (plus a free printable text) that was just perfect with nothing
omitted, and we have been giving it away freely to visitors to our web
site. But we really have a very active research agenda. We have some
real advances that we've discovered, problems that have been around
for a couple of decades, and we're right now in the process of writing
them up, getting them out, getting them published. And that's what
we're really focusing on. There have been some problems that have
plagued people doing research for a long long time.

Harris: Do you want to go into any of them?

Brown: Towards the end of the original SRI days, Ed May and those at
SRI used a method for evaluating this remote viewing process which was
supposed to be scientific that went like this: You have a remote
viewer view a target "blind," in the sense that they're not supposed
to know anything about it in advance. Then the RV data are given to a
panel of judges who compare the data to a list of, say, five targets,
one real and the others decoys or false targets. They're not told
anything about what the correct target is, of course. They are given
all the possible targets to try to figure out which one it would most
likely be. Basically, they would say things like, "Okay that's clearly
a sketkch of the Empire State Building and it's certainly not a sketch
of a desert." In situations in which they would be dealing with a
number of possible targets on a shelf, they might observe that the RV
data really looks like a vase and not a pen, or a cup, or plate. They
would have five, say, different possible targets. So, they would be
trying to remote view one target out of the list and then they would
take the RV data and try to determine which was the correct target.

And the problem was that while sometimes they would get the correct
results, other times they get results in which very nice picture would
show up, or a nice bit of descriptive information of one of the
targets on the list, but it was the wrong target. It was very clear
that the description wasn't of the correct target, but it was a
description of one of the possible targets. It was correctly
describing one of the targets but the wrong one, meaning that target
wasn't the one that was picked by the random throw of the dice, or
whatever.

Harris: That wasn't the one that was actually given to the person?

Brown: These targets were chosen dynamically, meaning some event like
throwing dice or something else was done to determine which target was
actually going to be used. So the instructions to the viewer would be
to remote view the correct one.

Harris: But wouldn't he be given the coordinates?

Brown: Well, sometimes they'd be given coordinates but that's another
aspect of the whole process. We don't need to be getting into
technicalities. The basic idea was that they would be told there was a
target and there would be a set of procedures they would be using to
do this. Thus, a viewer would be told to describe the target. And
let's say the possible targets were a plate, a cup, a pen, and a
basketball. Well, the person would say the target is a pen, and then
the random procedure would decide the correct target. The correct
target was the plate but the description was of the pen and so the
blind judges would say this person is describing the pen. But really,
which was the correct one? What actually makes one target the correct
one and the other targets incorrect? Does the randomization procedure
really do this?

Harris: The plate.

Brown: The plate, but this person is describing a pen. So the pen is
chosen as the correct target. And low and behold, it turns out that
the random procedure picked the plate instead. But, you know the
viewer had no idea that the pen was one of the targets when the
viewing was done. I mean the person giving the instructions just says
there is a target, and so the remote viewer would just describe one of
the targets, and they had no idea which kind of target would be there.
But they would end up describing one of the five targets. So the real
question was how could a person accurately describe one of the wrong
targets? What make a target a target? Is it because a random number
procedure picked that spot on the shelf and said it was correct? Or is
there some other process at work? So we spent two years investigating
this problem. We first duplicated all SRI and SAIC (Science
Applications International Corporation) results. And we found that
indeed there was a problem. When you have targets on a list , you
often get very good results of the wrong target. Very good results.
Everything is correct. But it's not the one you want to get.

Harris: Okay I was going to ask you that. At least it was a sciencific
exploration.

Brown: Ed May moved the program to SAIC when he was the last director
at SRI. He moved the program from SRI when they closed down the lab.
So we invested two years looking into that research and we have
research under review right now which we think resolves the issue. We
really think we understand the issue.

Harris: I liked your first book .

Brown: Actually, Cosmic Explorers is my second book. It reports my own
personal application of remote viewing. It's also in paperback now,
originally published by Penguin Putnam. It is a much different book
than Cosmic Voyage, my first remote viewing book. It's more recent,
and it has a hundred pages of methodology in it describing the remote
viewing procedures used at Farsight. It also has updates in the sense
that it continues the information presented in Cosmic Voyage. But it's
a better book because every book I write is better than the one I did
before.

Harris: No, I understand and I know here you're coming from but we're
at ground zero here with remote viewing. Nobody ever considered remote
viewing scientific or valid. I've been fighting to get my article
published on remote viewing in two Italian magazines with the possible
titles "Government Remote Viewers: The Psychic Connection." Well, the
response from the editors is "this isn't science." Well, I said "if it
isn't science, why is the government funding it?"

Brown: Well, the best place to get any information on remote viewing
right now is our web site www.farsight.org. There's no place you can
get more, and it is all free. The information is not necessarily about
the history of it, but about the science and mechanics of it. Have you
had a chance to look at it?

Harris: I went over your web site this morning.

Brown: Now if you go to the resources section you'll find SRV Learning
Area. That has the free downloadable audio course, a printable text of
Scientific Remote Viewing. The audio course and text have all the
procedures. They're pretty clear. you don't have to pay a dime, and
you don't have to buy tapes or anything like that. Everything at
www.farsight.org is free.

Harris: Now I've got to ask you an obvious question, Courtney. I
really think, and this isn't just my feeling but don't people have to
have the ability before hand to be as good as you are now, a little
bit of intuitive ability? There must be some way of testing those who
are more prone to be a good remote viewers. Is that true?

Brown: We haven't found any limitations like that. What we have found
is it really takes a lot of hard work and determination, persistence.
Just like playing the violin. I mean if you play it, you'll make
squeaky sounds at the beginning, but if you keep at it you'll
eventually get it.

Harris: Yeah, but there's some better people who play the violin, the
people who take lessons...

Brown: I understand. There is a level of talent.

Harris: And do you have that? Or did you have that, I want to ask you
on a personal level.

Brown: Well, people have said I have that. All of the stuff I've
published so that people can make their own judgments. We don't know
the limits of the training process right now. People often take a few
classes and then try to evaluate themselves. But we really don't know
how far you can push this. So, people look at my work and say, that's
what I do, and they see all this stuff published on the web and say
"Oh, you must be just really gifted at this." But the reality is I
work hard at this, and I deeply feel that others can be as good or
better than me.

Harris: Oh, I realize that you work hard at it.

Brown: But I remote view at lot, meaning a number of times a week.

Harris: Okay, so do you do it with other people? You use monitors, right?

Brown: No, no we don't. None of us at the institute use monitors
anymore. We just do solo sessions.

Harris: You don't use monitors?

Brown: Monitors are good for training. That's when Cosmic Voyage was
written. When I was still a baby at this stuff. Cosmic Explorers is
also all solo stuff . And all the stuff we have on our web site is
also solo stuff. All of us just do solo stuff now. And we have gotten
to the point where we don't like monitors. There are some very good
reasons for using monitors for research, but those are very commonly
encountered. When you're good enough you can just do solo stuff.
Again, we have an entire manual available for free, which is
extensive. It's like a hundred pages of material. We have a library of
remote-viewing sessions that people can look over, and we even also
have the Real Audio so you can listen to some sessions recorded live.
For example in my area of the Institute's web site, found from the
Resources area of the web site, there are three of those recorded
sessions. We've recorded them live so you can actually hear what was
going on in the room. You can actually hear words spoken. Also, for
six months we carried on a public demonstration on remote viewing,
which you can also see on the web site. We had a tenured Associate
Professor of medicine at George Washington University, Dr. John David
Berman, pick the targets for us. He's head of their ethics committee.
The really interesting thing about it was that we did "time"
experiments for the demonstration. We would do the sessions first and
then put typed and encrypted transcripts of them for people to
download from our web site. You needed a password to remove the
encryption. Lots of people downloaded them onto their computers. And
while they were downloading them for a week or two, John would, he
likes to be called David, then decide on the target that was he was
going to choose. Again, the sessions were already done in the past.
And he would say, OK I've decided the target is, let's say, "the
Eiffel Tower." Actually, for one of the targets in the public
demonstraton he said the target is the Eiffel Tower when it was being
constructed. So that would be the target and he would then send us the
target via email. Then we would post the password to unravel the
transcripts and everyone would see how well we did.

Harris: Well, when he sent you the target, how did he send it to you?
I mean,did he send you the word.

Brown: No not just a word. He would actually just e-mail us that the
target is the Eiffel Tower, plus other aspects of the target, like the
time.

Harris: But you know the reason why I asked you about the Eiffel Tower
that I just read the first book and there are only numbers for the
target and there's only coordinates.

Brown: Well, the target coordinates. Well sometimes we do use target
coordinates and I explain all of that in Cosmic Explorers. But they're
only an aid, a crutch for the remote viewer to get started with. Those
aren't essential. The person who writes the target doesn't need to
know those.

Harris: Okay I'm trying to understand this, so what now?

Brown: So let me go back a little bit, you will understand it. We do
the sessions first before the target has been determined. We post the
session, typed and encrypted transcripts of those sessions, which has
been encrypted with PGP, which is a publicly available encryption
program.

Harris: Okay, go ahead.

Brown: We post the typed and encrypted transcripts up on the web so
that anyone can download them. And so then they have copy of what the
transcripts are so they know we can't change them afterwards. Then we
need a target. Only then does John David Berman pick a target for us.
He can't see the transcripts either because they're encrypted.

Harris: He picks the target after you've already done the remote viewing?

Brown: That's exactly it. See we're a scientific institute. We were
doing "time experiments".

Harris: Can I play this back to you so I don't get confused? Okay so
in other words you're doing the remote viewing before you ask somebody
to pick a target but you've already done it because you're going into
the future. Are you going into the future? If so,we've got some
serious problems with time here!

Brown: I'm actually collaborating currently with a physicist, a
retired physicist from a major research university, and he has been
very clear with the all of this. Physicists do not understand time
right now. No one really does.

Harris: Courtney, I have to ask you some questions because this is
just for my own personal benefit. Okay, you went ahead and did this
remote viewing, and after that you asked this gentleman to pick a target.

Brown: All this information is still up on the web site, you can go to
it and follow everything exactly as it happened.

Harris: I have a million questions here. So when the gentleman then
gave you the target, for the most part, was it usually accurate?

Brown: Well, now let me see. We completed 13 experiments with that
six-month demonstration. I'll talk about my results: there was only
one time out of thirteen that I didn't describe fairly well what was
there. Often the results were exceptionally clear.

Harris: Oh my God. So you RV something that he had not chosen yet? I
have been trying to figure this out for myself.

Brown: The thing is, most people would be confused. All you need to do
is go to our web site. You can actually click on every experiment .
Start with the most recent and go back.

Harris: Where is it?

Brown: If you go to the home page you'll see this. On the home page
there is a big graphic of a hurricane, and a person's face, the
Parthenon, the U.S. capital building, and so on. And down in the lower
left you can see the public demonstration. It's there. Click there and
then you will get to a page that has all the stuff for the public
demonstration. You get to see the whole thing for all 13 experiments.

Harris: So how many people were doing this? You were doing it and how
many others?

Brown: We had two viewers for each experiment. All experiments that we
put up followed exactly the same format: two viewers using Dr. John
David Berman (the medical professor) who would pick the target after
the sessions were posted in encrypted format.

Harris: That's incredible...

Brown: We would then post the passwords to de-encrypt the transcripts
together with the scans of the sessions after Dr. Berryman chose the
target. If we didn't have the transcripts available in advance so that
people could download them and later de-encrypt them on their hard
drive, then they would have said "Oh, they faked the sessions." But
having the transcrips stored in advance is very convincing.

Harris: I know what you're telling me, but it's just unbelievable.

Brown: What happened was when we put up the scans of the sessions, you
then compare the sessions with the transcripts. And then people would
say, "Oh lord, my gosh. This is the exact thing I downloaded two weeks
ago."

Harris: That's incredible. Okay there's two people, you were one and
somebody else was the other?

Brown: Joey Jerome, and later Matthew Pfeiffer. For the first ten
experiments it was myself and Joey Jerome. After a while, he got a
little tired and then Mathew Pfeiffer was the second viewer. And then
we all got a little bit exhausted after six months. We had to do some
other research. We were all doing some other stuff that we had to get
back to, and so we stopped the demonstration.

Harris: Okay, before we go on to something else, because there's so
much here.... Give a statement you want to give about time. Can you
give me a statement about time that I can quote? Tell me about time.

Brown: What we know for sure is that time does not exist. And I do not
mean this as new age metaphor.

Harris: I understand.

Brown: Time is nothing more than a limitation of perception.

Harris: You call it a "limitation of perception."

Brown: Perception - that's all it is. It has nothing to do with the
way we live in our physical bodies. Somehow in regards to this three
dimensional plus one (time) universe, time anywhere outside of this
three dimensional plus one (time) universe just simply doesn't exist.
That means that when we remote view something in the past or the
future as we did with the thirteen successfully completed experiments
in the public demonstration, the future already existed. The past also
still exists. Meaning, we were remote viewing a target that was
already determined: it was already there. It hadn't yet been chosen
for two weeks but this didn't matter. It was still there. We just
couldn't see it yet with our physical eyes. We had to wait in our bus
ride through the street of time. We had to wait till we got there when
our physical perception could actually see the actual target that we
remote viewed correctly two weeks or more prior.

Harris: But the obvious question I'm going to ask you is then is it
all fixed? Is it all fixed or are there places where we can change the
future by jumping in?

Brown: I've had extensive discussions with physicists on this. The
remote viewing results clearly show that there is a definite future
for any particular time line going out, but if you remote view it, the
future, and receive some information and thus change your current
behavior, then you can veer off into another future. And no one really
knows what to call that, a time dimension, another dimension, another
time stream. Even the physicists are arguing what word used for it.
But there is only one sequence of events that brings us to our current
time stream. You would be talking right now and only one sequence of
events have brought us here. However, that doesn't mean there aren't
many other possible other histories, but there's only one sequence of
events that brought our current perspective to this point in time,
this moment where we're having this conversation. We just don't
perceive, we don't remember anything that happened in alternative past
times. In the future, it's a little bit more variable.

Harris: Okay, now you just used the words, "alternative past time
streams" - but these "past time streams" exist? Right? Because these
streams all go at the same time. You can jump from one to another. For
instance, can I use an example just so I know what's going on.

If the predicted future is that we have a nuclear war but if we can
change a behavior then that could be an alternative time stream.
Otherwise, we would have no hope right? Is that possible?

Brown: I can use an example. There was a time, and here I'll mention
one thing that we did in the past ... we don't do this anymore at the
Institute. I just thought that I'd tell you. But we had some inkling
of information that suggested that there might be something that could
be happening, some terrorist event that could occur. Some people had
some sort of vague vision, and we just decided to explore this as a
target. The secret is we sent all of our viewers out to look at it.
And they all came back with the same thing. This happened several
years ago, right after the Soviet Union broke up, and so many of the
viewers came back with some terrorist type of personality shooting a
tactical nuclear weapon from some location near New York City, a
suitcase-size type tactical weapon, with some type of portable vehicle
to transport it to the United Nations. Most viewers were coming back
with this person being a Russian or a Slavic person. We got all this
information at the Institute. Now we don't have any project like this
any longer on the web site. We did this in the old days of the
Institute. And this is one case where we sort of said "Oh my goodness,
what are we going to do with this information?"

Harris: What year is the old days? Sorry I want to know when this was?

Brown: Approximately 1997. And so we asked, "What are we supposed to
do with this? Are we just supposed to file it away? Nobody's talking
to us." The Intelligence people weren't talking to us. We decided to
just let "them" file this. So we took a risk and just put it up on our
web site. When we got this information, you know, we knew we were
going to be laughed at. I knew we were going to be mocked. And I knew
that people would think we were nuts. But what are were we supposed to
do with this? If we got laughed at, what's the cost? The cost was only
to ourselves. So, we just put it up any way, the whole analyses, the
whole stuff. Well, we found out later, a couple months later, a
general of the former Soviet Union in Russia (General Lebed),
announced formally that there were approximately 128 small tactical
weapons missing from the (former) Soviet arsenal, and that they might
potentially be in the hands of some groups that are hostile to the
United Nations. And then about a month after that, U.S. Security
Forces arrested two Lithuanians for trying to sell really small
nuclear capable missiles in Miami, and they had been trying to sell
them previously in the East Coast and had some problem. But the main
idea was that (1) the General himself had admitted that weapons were
missing and (2) that Slavaic types were actually caught a couple
months later trying to sell nuke-capable small portable missiles
because they couldn't use them for whatever they were originally
trying to do. It was just reported this way, but it wasn't made into a
big deal in the press. Yet it circumstantially supports the original
remote viewing data.

But then we got a very strange communication after this from somebody
in the intelligence community. He actually became interested to what
we were doing. Indeed, he became very interested in what we were
doing. They (the intelligence community) were monitoring us very
closely and he sent us a communication that gave us a transcript of
one of our important phone calls so that we would know for sure that
he was from the intelligence community, because how else could he have
a transcript of our phone calls? He gave us a transcript just to show
us who he was, and then he basically indicated that he wanted us to
know that while everybody out there was laughing at us, the government
was taking what we were doing extremely seriously. Nothing's being
missed, and then we got some information afterwards suggesting that
something we did made a major difference. Then they would not tell us
anything more. Now what were we supposed to do? So the point is, can
remote viewing be used to determine future events? Well, we
demonstrated for six months that it could be done.

In the old days we used to do more risky targets that were just fun. I
mean in the old days, we used to think these things were fun. So we
did that one, and it got us into a whole bunch of trouble, and to be
quite honest, we probably won't ever again do these things. Now we
just want to build up the Institute and focus on the scientific part.

Harris: The trouble is you got monitored right? That was the trouble?

Brown: The trouble is that the whole world laughed at us, and we want
to be taken seriously. It is hard to do risky application targets and
more sedate science experiments at the same time. The unfair public
response to the risky application targets makes it difficult to have
people seriously consider our other work.

Harris: Can you now address the ET question?

Brown: Cosmic Voyage and Cosmic Explorers ... those books address my
own personal interest in ET material.

Harris: I was just reading this on your personal web site that you
said there's a species that are antagonistic. Some say they may be
working with the government. Are they?

Brown: That is my interpretation. There's nobody in the government who
comes to talk to us about this. But the results of my sessions are
very consistent, and there are so many sessions that I've lost count.
Cosmic Explorers goes into this in great depth. Apparently, there is
an actual conflict going on up there in the skies some place. The
government is fully aware that there is a conflict, and that's one of
the reasons they don't want any of the ET stuff to come out. It's bad
enough that they'll say that there are ETs but, my gosh, they have ETs
in a conflict! Which side are we supposed to align ourselves with?
Then they are worried about stock market, society....

Harris: I know this, but aren't there a group of ETs working with the
government? Are they good or bad?

Brown: Well there's more than one. They're both trying to influence
the government. My research clearly suggests that the Greys are good.
They're better than benign. They're very good.

Harris: They're very good?

Brown: Yeah. The best test to indicate what is good and what is bad is
if you openly acknowledge that they are ETs, and then tell one of the
groups to go away. Would they go away? The Greys would go away. But
the other group, and I wish there was a better word for them, are
reptilians.

Harris: Oh great.

Brown: They would not go away

Harris: They will not go away?

Brown: And they are directly tied in with the government in one way or
another and the Greys are trying to influence them (the government)
the other way. But the Greys have been very evolutionary about their
activities. They're asking permission to do what they do all over the
place. But the Reptilians have a very interesting approach. You see,
the Reptilians are willing to give technology, and you know how
materialistic humans are, especially over small bits of technology.
Some will call that group the best friend they've ever had.

Harris: Because of the technology.

Brown: Because of the technology. The little trinkets that they
throw.....

Harris: But these reptilians, Are they also shape shifters?

Brown: I have been told about such things, but I do not know.

Harris: Well have you've see a Reptilian, I mean something totally
Reptilian?

Brown: Well that is always a question on my mind. We have remote
viewed them. Under blind conditions we were told to remote target
them, and every time we have a Reptilian target, we end up drawing
these pictures of scaly types. Though they do look human, or at least
humanoid. And the point is they're probably very beautiful. When I say
scaly types, I'm not meaning ugly.

Harris: I understand.

Brown: But they just ... have this type of a skin that sort of seems
like a reptilian animal. You know, who knows. The prophets were
probably the very first remote viewers, and they even realized
Reptilians have been around for a long time. Maybe that's the origin
of the mythology of Satan and the snake. In the original Biblical
text, the Serpent isn't a snake, a lowly type of creature, a simple
reptile. Maybe that's the way it got translated. In the original text,
the word they used for this Reptilian guy was a full blooded big
humanoid type fellow. We only translated it into a snake. It's not a
snake.

Harris: That's interesting.

Brown: The prophets were the ones who were seeing this at first and
sort of tried to figure out how to describe it in their own primitive
remote viewings, and people later tried to decode the word reptile and
ended up calling the guy a snake. But in fact, there is a conflict
going on between species on a heavenly level that definitely have
different agendas. I actually followed out in an alternative timeline
in the book Cosmic Explorers and explored the agenda for the
Reptilians. In a future timeline, if we should side with the
Reptilians, we end up in very dire circumstances. The Blacks in South
Africa under Apartheid in the old days were better off than we will be
if we align ourselves with the Reptilians.

But if we go the way of the Greys, or make an alliance with the Greys,
things will be better. The remote-viewing evidence clearly suggests
that the Greys will not solve any of our problems, meaning they allow
us to evolve and make mistakes but...

Harris: We're better off.

Brown: We're better off. We're finding our own way, our own way in the
universe.

Harris: But you didn't, but what about the third type which is the -
Nordics?

Brown: I've never remote viewed them. They may exist, they may not. I
do not know.

Harris: You've never viewed the Nordics?

Brown: You know, time is short, but maybe one day I will be able to
get to it.

Harris: Okay. Can I tell you something on a personal level, you
mentioned the interview I have on the web on Dr. Michael Wolf. When I
went to do Wolf's story, and that's one of my biggest stories, I flew
with my Italian co-writer, Adriano Forgione to Connecticut and we were
with Wolf all day and then, we left, closed his door and walked to the
elevator and we heard these chirping sounds all over the place and we
couldn't see where they were coming from. We heard them in the
elevator. We heard them downstairs when the elevator door opened. They
only stopped when we reached the street. At night something very
strange happened in the hotel room. The next morning when Wolf talked
to us he said, "well, you didn't see my little Grey Friends. They
walked out with you," he says, "they were trying to understand the
human love and bonding and he said, "they walked right out the door
with you." We only heard chirping - like Dolphin sounds. You mention
this chirping connected with the Greys in your book and it struck me!

Brown: That's sort of like a sound that they make. And I have heard
that there's sort of a spicy smell sometimes, but I've never smelled it.

Harris: No, there wasn't a smell. It sounded like birds then kind of
like dolphins, like a dolphin-bird sound. And I, you know, when you
talked about chirping, I guess chirping was the best way I could
describe it. And your book, it just hit a note with me. I said, "Oh my
God" you know, that's what - it really happened, I mean, Wolf. I had
to believe him because that's what I heard. But is it possible I could
hear and not see?

Brown: Oh yeah, definitely. They have a way of making it so you can't
see them. You won't see them, you'll just see right through them.

Harris: You can see right through them? I heard them, I mean we
couldn't get rid of the sounds. We thought it was the elevator, we
opened the door, and then we walked out the front door and we didn't
hear them anymore.

Brown: I don't have anyway to comment on what your experience was, I
wasn't there. But I do know that the Greys have technology that allows
them to be, well, invisible. You can see right through them. You know,
that's not something that's really far off for us because in my remote
viewing work I have been pushing the idea we are composite beings,
that the soul really exists and the body is just a machine. And so
obviously when we die, the body drops off, but we're still there. You
can't see a "dead" person any longer, but we're still there. I guess
you saw the ghost movie with Whoopie Goldberg? So it's sort of like
that, and so apparently the ETs have the technology to mimic this.
It's only a matter of time before we'll be able to get our own devices
that do the same thing. Right now the only way- Well, right now we
have only a very primitive ability to interact between the two
dimensions that I call "subspace" and physical reality. But I hope
that the physical side of things and the metaphysical side continues
to be a focus of research so that it's only a matter of time before
you get technology that will let us actually interact back and forth
between the two dimensions more easily.

Harris: Well it's all exciting, what you're doing is extremely
exciting. The reason I had to ask you that question though, Courtney
is because, you know, I have so many interviews, I can't take
everything as face value, unless because the Wolf experience was
bizarre that I couldn't, that I didn't necessarily believe Dr. Wolf I
mean...

Brown: I honestly don't know anything about him other than the fact
that Richard Boylan talks a lot about him. I know a little about him
from your interview, and I found out there that nobody's seen his
credentials yet.

Harris: No, I've seen them, I've interviewed him. I've seen them,
they're there. I have seen his credentials.

Brown: I'm not raising any doubt about that.

Harris: No, no. You see the problem what Wolf says that he's part of
this acclimation program called the slow process release of
information. He's being told what he can tell and it's all on a timed.
It's a timed release that is partially approved by the government.

Brown: I read an interview where he mentioned something like that on
there.

Harris: Yeah, I know. He started to tell me all this.

Brown: We have situations where we have remote viewed certain people
and the remote-viewing evidence indicates that they were hybrids of
some type and indeed we did find out medically afterwards that this
may be true.

Harris: Is that in either one of your books?

Brown: No. I had to take that all that out for publishing reasons. I
don't publish anything in my books that has any connection to an
identifiable real live person. My publisher thinks it is too risky.

Harris: So you can't take the chance.

Brown: And they don't.

Harris: Listen, I have to wrap this up. I'm calling you from Rome so
can you give me, for my article, a message or something you would want
people to know, something that's very important that you would want
the world to know and I'll promise I'll write it. What would you like
people to know?

Brown: That the remote-viewing evidence is absolutely incontrovertible
if you have an open enough mind to look at it. And that it would prove
beyond any shadow of a doubt that the human soul exists. It's more and
more advanced than any other thing that you've ever seen. The only
acceptable hypothesis from this is to accept that there is a
non-physical component to all of us. We call it a "subspace mind." But
the point is that we now have some scientific proof of this. Any
reasonable person can see this. That means that we all are just souls,
transforming through light years and transcended through time and
space, and that we are virtually unbounded. It is our actual personal
selves which is unbounded. Our bodies are nothing more that machines.
You don't have to believe it, but we don't have to go to a church or a
synagogue or a temple or a mosque to be told it, to hope for it, and
to pray for it. Now we know through positive scientific reasons that
it's proven that our bodies are nothing more that machines, and that
our souls are real.

Harris: Is this also included in reincarnation?

Brown: That's a whole other story.

Harris: Well, you said "in between" lifetimes.

Brown: To my knowledge, there's no police force out there that says
you can't be reincarnated into another life. So if we know that time
doesn't exist, then this idea of reincarnation is actually not exactly
correct because all these experiences are going on simultaneously.
They're not happening sequentially.

Harris: I know, simultaneously.

Brown: On a level of reality, most importantly to all, is that the
soul is truly there. The second most important thing to us is our
understanding of time. It is an illusion, a perception, and that means
two things; that means everything that was bad, that was ever done by
anybody will never go away. That means the Holocaust is still going on
right now. That means everything that we do to other people, if we hit
our child in anger, minutes later, that means it doesn't ever go away.
You can't try to wipe the pain away. The act is always there. If
there's ever a molestation that occurs, and someone is actually guilty
of that molestation, they can't remove the event in time to phase it
out...it always exists.

Harris: It's always there.

Brown: So the most important thing with regard to time is that once
people realize that, I really think that people will change for the
better. There's a whole new horizon out there that. Nothing ever goes
away.

Harris: Conversely any good you do, it's there forever.

Brown: The other side of it is that any good you do, it's there
forever. It is so important that you brought up the good side. I was
focusing more on the negative, hoping people who do bad won't do it
anymore. But the good is always there as well. So those are the two
morals of the story.

The bottom line, the most important thing is that we now know for
certain that the soul exists.

Secondly, not quite as important, but the second most important thing
is that time never fades away. Everything we've ever experienced in
the past is still there. Go through the web site and see the
scientific experiments and public demonstrations. Strong evidence exists.

Again, you can go to www.farsight.org, that's the non-profit Farsight
Institute.

Harris: You know, I read the book and it struck me, and that's why I'm
talking to you, because I'm putting together pieces of a puzzle. But I
know quite a bit about the whole ET situation. I know quite a bit on
the time situation but I'm putting together pieces of a puzzle. What
I'm happy about what you're doing is that you're making it scientific
because I'm fighting everybody here, saying that this kind of work is
non-scientific. It is soft science. In other words, it's pure
psychology. It's not, you know.

Brown: And one of the things you can put into this article is that
these public demonstrations took place for six months and we're going
to do it again, we're going to re-do it again sometime. It wasn't like
we did it for one day, we did for six months. And the world is
watching, and you can now look at the whole - and so that's what you
can say. You can say that the data are scientific.

Harris: I want to thank you so much. It's been really, really
interesting and I will get your second book.

Brown: God bless you .

Harris: Thank you very much. God bless you too.





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Copyright © 2005 Paola Harris
Design by Giovanni Zavarelli

Source: http://www.prweb.com/releases/2005/11/prweb314382.htm

Former Canadian Minister Of Defence Asks Canadian Parliament Asked To
Hold Hearings On Relations With Alien "Et" Civilizations

A former Canadian Minister of Defence has joined forces with three
Non-governmental organizations to ask the Parliament of Canada to hold
public hearings on with Alien "ET" Civilizations. Paul Hellyer,
Canada's Defence Minister from 1963-67 under Nobel Peace Prize
Laureate Prime Minister Lester Pearson, publicly stated: "UFOs, are as
real as the airplanes that fly over your head." Hellyer warned, "The
United States military are preparing weapons which could be used
against the aliens, and they could get us into an intergalactic war
without us ever having any warning. Mr. Hellyer went on to say, "I'm
so concerned about what the consequences might be of starting an
intergalactic war, that I just think I had to say something." "Time is
on the side of open disclosure that there are ethical Extraterrestrial
civilizations visiting Earth," a spokesperson for the Non-Governmental
Organizations stated. "Our Canadian government needs to openly address
these important issues of the possible deployment of weapons in outer
war plans against ethical Extraterrestrial societies."

OTTAWA, CANADA (PRWEB) November 24, 2005 -- A former Canadian Minister
of Defence and Deputy Prime Minister under Pierre Trudeau has joined
forces with three Non-governmental organizations to ask the Parliament
of Canada to hold public hearings on Exopolitics -- relations with "ETs."

By "ETs," Mr. Hellyer and these organizations mean ethical, advanced
extraterrestrial civilizations that may now be visiting Earth.

On September 25, 2005, in a startling speech at the University of
Toronto that caught the attention of mainstream newspapers and
magazines, Paul Hellyer, Canada's Defence Minister from 1963-67 under
Nobel Peace Prize Laureate Prime Minister Lester Pearson, publicly
stated: "UFOs, are as real as the airplanes that fly over your head."

Mr. Hellyer went on to say, "I'm so concerned about what the
consequences might be of starting an intergalactic war, that I just
think I had to say something."

Hellyer revealed, "The secrecy involved in all matters pertaining to
the Roswell incident was unparalled. The classification was, from the
outset, above top secret, so the vast majority of U.S. officials and
politicians, let alone a mere allied minister of defence, were never
in-the-loop."

Hellyer warned, "The United States military are preparing weapons
which could be used against the aliens, and they could get us into an
intergalactic war without us ever having any warning. He stated, "The
Bush administration has finally agreed to let the military build a
forward base on the moon, which will put them in a better position to
keep track of the goings and comings of the visitors from space, and
to shoot at them, if they so decide."

Hellyer's speech ended with a standing ovation. He said, "The time has
come to lift the veil of secrecy, and let the truth emerge, so there
can be a real and informed debate, about one of the most important
problems facing our planet today."

Three Non-governmental organizations took Hellyer's words to heart,
and approached Canada's Parliament in Ottawa, Canada's capital, to
hold public hearings on a possible ET presence, and what Canada should
do. The Canadian Senate, which is an appointed body, has held
objective, well-regarded hearings and issued reports on controversial
issues such as same-sex marriage and medical marijuana,

On October 20, 2005, the Institute for Cooperation in Space requested
Canadian Senator Colin Kenny, Senator, Chair of The Senate Standing
Senate Committee on National Security and Defence, "schedule public
hearings on the Canadian Exopolitics Initiative, so that witnesses
such as the Hon. Paul Hellyer, and Canadian-connected high level
military-intelligence, NORAD-connected, scientific, and governmental
witnesses facilitated by the Disclosure Project and by the Toronto
Exopolitics Symposium can present compelling evidence, testimony, and
Public Policy recommendations."

The Non-governmental organizations seeking Parliament hearings include
Canada-based Toronto Exopolitics Symposium, which organized the
University of Toronto Symposium at which Mr. Hellyer spoke.

The Disclosure Project, a U.S.– based organization that has assembled
high level military-intelligence witnesses of a possible ET presence,
is also one of the organizations seeking Canadian Parliament hearings.

Vancouver-based Institute for Cooperation in Space (ICIS), whose
International Director headed a proposed 1977 Extraterrestrial
Communication Study for the White House of former U.S. President Jimmy
Carter, who himself has publicly reported a 1969 Close Encounter of
the First Kind with a UFO, filed the original request for Canadian
Parliament hearings.

The Canadian Exopolitics Initiative, presented by the organizations to
a Senate Committee panel hearing in Winnipeg, Canada, on March 10,
2005, proposes that the Government of Canada undertake a Decade of
Contact.

The proposed Decade of Contact is "a 10-year process of formal, funded
public education, scientific research, educational curricula
development and implementation, strategic planning, community
activity, and public outreach concerning our terrestrial society's
full cultural, political, social, legal, and governmental
communication and public interest diplomacy with advanced, ethical
Off-Planet cultures now visiting Earth."

Canada has a long history of opposing the basing of weapons in Outer
Space. On September 22, 2004 Canadian Prime Minister Paul Martin
declared to the U.N. General Assembly," "Space is our final frontier.
It has always captured our imagination. What a tragedy it would be if
space became one big weapons arsenal and the scene of a new arms race.

Martin stated, "In 1967, the United Nations agreed that weapons of mass
destruction must not be based in space. The time has come to extend
this ban to all weapons..."

In May, 2003, speaking before the Canadian House of Commons Standing
Committee on National Defence and Veterans Affairs, former Minister of
Foreign Affairs of Canada Lloyd Axworthy, stated "Washington's offer
to Canada is not an invitation to join America under a protective
shield, but it presents a global security doctrine that violates
Canadian values on many levels."

Axworthy concluded, "There should be an uncompromising commitment to
preventing the placement of weapons in space."

On February 24, 2005, Canadian Prime Minister Paul Martin made
official Canada's decision not to take part in the U.S government's
Ballistic Missile Defence program.

Paul Hellyer, who now seeks Canadian Parliament hearings on relations
with ETs, on May 15, 2003, stated in Toronto's Globe & Mail newspaper,
"Canada should accept the long-standing invitation of U.S. Congressman
Dennis Kucinich of Ohio to launch a conference to seek approval of an
international treaty to ban weapons in space. That would be a positive
Canadian contribution toward a more peaceful world."

In early November 2005, the Canadian Senate wrote ICIS, indicating the
Senate Committee could not hold hearings on ETs in 2005, because of
their already crowded schedule.

"That does not deter us," one spokesperson for the Non-governmental
organizations said, "We are going ahead with our request to Prime
Minister Paul Martin and the official opposition leaders in the House
of Commons now, and we will re-apply with the Senate of Canada in
early 2006.

"Time is on the side of open disclosure that there are ethical
Extraterrestrial civilizations visiting Earth," The spokesperson
stated. "Our Canadian government needs to openly address these
important issues of the possible deployment of weapons in outer war
plans against ethical ET societies."

Canadian Exopolitics Initiative
http://www.peaceinspace.net

Click here to send your letter to the Parliament of Canada requesting
public "ET" Hearings
http://exopolitics.blogs.com/star_dreams_initiative/2005/10/the_senate_of_c.html